Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / ASE

ASE

asx · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker asx
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · ASE
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019

YEARS

LISTED

ASX Limited 
Annual Report

A ASX Annual Report 2019  

20

YEARS
LISTED

Contents
Who we are 

FY19 highlights 

Our Vision, Strategy and Execution 

Chairman's letter 

CEO's year in review 

Operating and financial review 

Corporate responsibility and sustainability 

Corporate governance 

Remuneration report 

Directors' report 

Auditor's independence declaration 

Statutory report – financial statements 

Key financial ratios 

Transaction levels and statistics 

Shareholder information 

Directory 

2

3

4

6

8

16

26

36

48

63

65

66

114

115

118

120

ASX Annual General Meeting 
Tuesday 24 September 2019 
10am (AEST)
ASX Auditorium, lower ground floor 
Exchange Square, 18 Bridge Street, Sydney

It’s 20 years since ASX became a listed company and 
we'd like to thank you, our shareholders, for your support. 
You've helped ASX provide the products, services and 
infrastructure that sit at the heart of Australia’s financial 
markets.

1999 

FINANCIAL YEAR

20 

YEARS ON

$568bn

$2,069bn

Domestic market capitalisation

1,226

2,269

Number of listed entities 

$2.2bn

$4.6bn

Daily equities turnover

$38.4bn

$237bn

$

Daily futures turnover 

$152.1m

$863.8m

ASX revenue 

$9.65

$82.37

ASX share price

ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691

Who we are 

ASX operates at the heart  
of the globally attractive,  
deep and liquid Australian 
financial markets.

We have a proud history as an early and successful adopter of new 
technology. Today, we continue to embrace innovative solutions to 
make life easier for customers, help companies grow, create value 
for shareholders and support the Australian economy.

ASX is an integrated exchange offering listings, trading, clearing,  
settlement,  technical  and  information  services,  and  other  
post-trade services.

We operate markets for a wide range of asset classes including 
equities, fixed income, commodities and energy. We are a top 10 
global securities exchange by value and the largest interest rate 
derivatives market in Asia.

Companies, corporates and issuers of capital from Australia and 
around the world engage with ASX to manage risk and to raise 
capital to grow. We operate liquid, transparent and reliable markets 
of integrity. The certainty of our clearing and settlement activities 
underpins the systemic stability of the Australian economy.

ASX also provides data and technology services to intermediaries, 
banks, information vendors and software developers to help them 
make informed decisions, offer services to their clients and connect 
with one another.

Through the expertise, experience and passion of our people,  
ASX works to ensure that our operations are built on the foundations 
of quality, security, resilience and trust.

More information about ASX can be found at  
www.asx.com.au.

2
2

ASX Annual Report 2019 Who we are 
ASX Annual Report 2019 Who we are 

FY19 highlights

For our  
customers

Uptime availability of  
the five main trading 
and post-trade systems 
for Australia’s financial 
markets

100%

Average value of  
transactions settled  
electronically every day

Bonds $56bn
Equities $4.6bn
Futures $237bn

Capital raised to help 
companies grow

$86bn

Statutory net profit 
after tax up 10.5% on 
last year or 12.6% on a 
like-for-like basis

Total ordinary dividends 
up 5.7% on last year

Special dividend from 
sale of stake in IRESS

$492m

228.7cps

129.1cps

For our  
shareholders

For our  
people

Employees proud to 
work at ASX

Women as a percentage 
of our workforce

Our people who feel  
ASX provides a  
work-life balance

88%

41%

80%

For Australia's 
financial 
markets

Corporate Governance 
Principles and 
Recommendations

4th 
edition launched

ASX

Students and teachers 
nationwide registered to 
play ASX's sharemarket 
game

%

Revitalised interest  
rate benchmark with 
world-leading calculation 
methodology and 
robustness

72,000

BBSW

ASX Annual Report 2019 FY19 highlights

3

Our Vision, Strategy  
and Execution

Our vision 
The world's most respected financial marketplace

Our strategy 

Diverse ecosystem
Provide an open system 
to support partnerships, 
products and services 
across the Australian 
financial ecosystem 

Innovative solutions  
and technology 
Offer innovative 
solutions and technology 
to drive efficiency and 
deliver benefits to 
customers, employees 
and the wider financial 
marketplace 

Enduring trust, integrity  
and resilience
Earn trust and deliver 
resilience by making 
sure our systems and 
processes are stable, 
secure, reliable and fair, 
and our people act with 
integrity towards the 
market and each other

Customer centric 
Think deeply about 
how we can improve 
the experience for our 
customers, deliver them 
value and make their 
lives easier

Collaborative culture 
Foster collaboration 
and agility within our 
businesses, across our 
teams and among our 
customers, regulators 
and other stakeholders 

4

ASX Annual Report 2019 Our Vision, Strategy and Execution

Our execution 

FY19 progress

 • Advanced reputation as a leading global exchange for mid-sized capital raisings with 23 new foreign listings and  

16 new technology listings

 • Maintained position as Australia’s premier equity trading exchange with 89% (on-market) market share

Diverse 
ecosystem 

 • Broadened investor choice by adding 130 new mFund advisors and more than 60 new investment products

 • Expanded the Australian Liquidity Centre (ALC) community with new customers and a 8.5% increase in the 

number of customer-to-customer connections 

 • Strengthened ASX’s position as the home for A$ denominated derivatives trading, clearing and settlement by 

growing the number of customers using our OTC Clearing, FlexClear and ASX Collateral services

Innovative 
solutions and 
technology 

 • Met all FY19 milestones for replacing our CHESS post-trade system with a new, contemporary, synchronised and 

open technology solution, which remains on track for go-live in March-April 2021

 • Commenced technical migration to the new and upgraded secondary data centre ahead of commissioning in FY20

 • Continued to refresh technology infrastructure, including upgrading equity-related systems and ASX Net

 • Launched new data science platform, ASX DataSphere, offering customers access to financial market data,  

ASX’s governed, secure workspace, as well as data science tools and capabilities

 • Established the DLT Solutions team to utilise ASX’s distributed ledger technology expertise and infrastructure to 

deliver innovative solutions to customers in database management and workflow efficiency 

Enduring trust, 
integrity and 
resilience

 • Completed the implementation of Stronger Foundations initiatives in enterprise risk management and clearing 

risk management

 • Strengthened risk awareness and accountability by fostering a culture of speaking up, with 90% of employees  

feeling comfortable to speak up on risk issues

 • Rolled out seven training modules and new risk management dashboards to increase risk awareness and better 

inform risk management decisions

 • Bolstered the quality of our listings compliance framework by consulting on major listing rule changes and  

helping develop the fourth edition of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations

 • Continued investment in cyber security resilience initiatives

 • Introduced five best practice principles to guide customer interactions

Customer 
centric 

 • Rolled out phase one of ASX's digital strategy to deliver customers a market-leading digital experience

 • Improved ASX Online to enhance the experience for issuers, with rollout in FY20

 • Continued development of open infrastructure offerings, including ASX DataSphere and DLT Solutions, to  

stimulate marketwide innovation and efficiencies

 • 96% of employees assessed in their performance reviews as demonstrating ASX's BE values*

 • Over 2,900 peer-to-peer acknowledgements reflecting ASX's BE values in action

Collaborative 
culture 

 • Designed an employee development framework to build critical capabilities for current and future skill needs

 • Celebrated culturally diverse events as part of the employee-led Culture and Heritage group’s inaugural year  

of activities

 • Engaged with Chief Executive Women and Male Champions of Change to develop senior women leaders and 

promote gender equality 

*See page 28 for further information on ASX's BE values.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Our Vision, Strategy and Execution

5

Chairman's letter

"Having a diversified, well-capitalised 
and highly rated company at the  
heart of Australia’s financial markets 
bolsters the confidence of all  
our stakeholders."

Rick Holliday-Smith 
Chairman  

Dear fellow shareholders,

The  2019  financial  year  (FY19)  was  another  strong  year  of  
achievement for ASX. We delivered solid financial performance and 
continued to invest to strengthen our foundations, build trust and 
confidence in our brand, and position the company for future growth. 

20 years as a listed company

The structural conditions that enabled ASX to achieve its FY19 result 
were put in place 20 years ago when we became the first exchange 
to demutualise and list on itself. 

Becoming a public company heralded a fresh era of governance,  
efficiency  and  competitiveness  for  ASX.  It  introduced  new  
shareholders to the company, enhanced our focus on customers and  
helped drive two decades of progress and innovation. This has 
benefited the Australian economy, with ASX now established as 
one of the world’s leading exchanges for capital raising, trading, 
post-trade services and market quality.

Today, ASX has more than 46,000 shareholders and is one of 
Australia’s leading listed companies with a value over $16 billion. 

ASX has enabled investors to build wealth while providing critical 
financial services infrastructure for the nation. We stand behind the 
clearing houses for the equity and futures markets, both of which 
are critical to Australia’s systemic stability. We operate the main 
exchange-traded venues, manage the leading capital formation 
listings platform and offer significant technical, data and depository 
services. Having a diversified, well-capitalised and highly rated 
company at the heart of Australia’s financial markets bolsters the 
confidence of all our stakeholders.

Financial highlights

In FY19, ASX’s statutory profit after tax was $492 million, up 10.5% 
(almost $47 million) or up 12.6% on a like-for-like accounting basis 
compared to the same period last year. In FY18, we recognised a 
significant item of $20.2 million for the non-cash impairment of 
ASX’s long-term investment in Yieldbroker. There were no significant 
items in FY19. 

Underlying FY19 profit after tax was up 5.7% compared to the same 
period last year, or 7.7% on a like-for-like accounting basis.

Statutory earnings per share (EPS) grew by 10.5% to 254.1 cents 
and underlying EPS rose 5.7% to 254.1 cents per share, up from 
240.4 cents. 

Our dividend for the second half of FY19 was 114.3 cents per share 
(cps), fully franked,  bringing total  ordinary  dividends  (interim  
and final) for FY19 to 228.7 cps, up 5.7% on the previous year.  
Our dividends remain 100% franked and we have continued to pay 
out 90% of underlying profit in dividends. 

Special dividend

During the year, ASX sold its 18.6% shareholding in IRESS Limited 
(IRESS), realising proceeds of $381 million and a post-tax gain of 
$161 million. ASX had been a shareholder in IRESS since 2000. While 
it had been a good investment, the time was right to divest as both 
ASX and IRESS have successfully evolved and expanded beyond 
their early focus on the Australian equities market. In our view, 
ASX’s shareholding no longer provided the strategic value it once did. 

We  are  now  returning the  bulk  of these  funds,  amounting to  
$250 million, to our shareholders by way of a special dividend 
and  retaining  a  portion  to  support  our  multi-layered  growth 
strategy. The special dividend is 129.1 cps and will be paid on  
25 September 2019.

Trust in our brand

Steady earnings growth and financial returns to shareholders 
have been constants across ASX’s 20 years as a public company. 
Another constant has been our determination to deepen the trust 
stakeholders have in ASX. 

ASX’s licence to operate at the heart of Australia’s financial markets 
depends on providing products, services and infrastructure that are 
valued, robust and reliable, while striving to make decisions that 
are fair, transparent and independent. We must act with integrity 
at all times.

6

ASX Annual Report 2019 Chairman's letter

 
Chairman's letter continued

These features are part of ASX’s culture. We seek to fulfil these 
objectives while evolving and adapting. The recent Hayne Royal 
Commission Report highlights why this matters. While ASX was 
not involved directly, the Commission’s work was relevant to the 
whole business community and its findings offer lessons for all. 
Foremost is to embed respect for customers and other critical 
stakeholders. This is key to building a successful and sustainable 
company. Businesses must be mindful of the impact our activities 
have on the community and be accountable for our actions. These 
are habits requiring renewal every day. And they are matters in 
which your ASX Board is deeply engaged. 

Culture and values are at the centre of the fourth edition of the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations, launched in February 2019. ASX is a member 
of the independent Council, which brings together a wide range of 
business, shareholder and industry groups, offering their insights 
and perspectives on governance issues. The Council’s work is ‘of the 
market, by the market, for the market'. ASX rules require companies 
to report against the Council’s recommendations within a flexible, 
non-mandatory, ‘if not why not’ disclosure framework.

The imperative that companies align their culture and values with 
reasonable  community  expectations to  help  promote trust  in  
business, runs throughout the new edition of the Principles. Guidance 
is provided to help companies achieve this. Given the level of public 
interest in formulating the latest Principles, it’s clear that recognition 
of this imperative is widespread. 

ASX supports the adoption of best practice corporate governance 
standards and the need for the Principles to keep evolving to serve 
the interests of the broader community, including the millions of 
Australians who are the ultimate owners of many of our listed 
companies. These corporate governance Principles play an important 
role in keeping the standards of our market high. 

Australia’s  regulators  also  play  a  vital  role  in  maintaining  
high standards. ASX has a wide range of interactions with our 
regulators and we work in constructive partnership with them 
across all levels of our organisation. We share objectives to improve  
supervisory  arrangements,  strengthen  systemic  stability  and  
maintain Australia’s reputation for markets of integrity. 

History of innovation

Another enduring element of ASX’s culture is our willingness to 
innovate. We led the exchange world when we created the electronic 
CHESS post-trade platform more than 20 years ago, and we’re  
leading it again today with our project to replace CHESS with a system 
enabled by distributed ledger technology (DLT). The new system 
will operate on contemporary technology, use global standards,  
offer new functionality, and provide the option for the market to 
access the benefits of DLT. We believe this innovation will reduce 
costs and complexity for the industry, and facilitate new business 
opportunities for intermediaries, issuers, investors and other users. 

Our progress is being watched internationally and is an important 
bellwether for the technology's global adoption. In April we opened 
a  test  environment  to  enable  our  customers  to  interact  and  
experiment with the new system. They are able to see some of the 
fresh functionality and compare various access options. We continue 
to work closely with our stakeholders and regulators, and remain 
on track to go live in March–April 2021. 

Replacing CHESS is our highest profile project but far from our 
only one. Our CEO Dominic Stevens elaborates on a range of other 
initiatives in his report. These growth initiatives sit alongside our 
extensive work effort to strengthen our foundations and our licence 
to operate activities. They include contemporising our technology 
infrastructure and operational risk management practices and 
processes, moving to a new secondary data centre to enhance 
operational resilience, and upgrading our ASX Net communications 
network. 

Our balanced approach of investing in the integrity of our core  
businesses and pursuing growth initiatives should allow us to deliver 
appropriate returns to shareholders over the longer term without 
neglecting the expectations of the broader community we serve. 

Board skills and experience

Ensuring the right mix of skills, diversity and experience on the 
Board is critical to overseeing a healthy, strongly performing and 
risk aware culture at ASX. The right mix is also vital for navigating 
the increasingly complex technology and risk environments we 
face every day. 

We were pleased to welcome Peter Nash to the ASX Board in June 
2019. Peter has over 30 years’ experience in financial management, 
reporting, risk management and auditing. He has advised some of 
Australia’s largest multinationals and held key leadership positions. 
He will stand for election at ASX’s Annual General Meeting on  
24 September 2019. 

In my view, your Board is hardworking, informed and focused  
on serving the interests of ASX, its shareholders and other key 
stakeholders. I thank them for their commitment.

On  behalf  of  the  Board  I  congratulate  the  ASX  team  on  its  
achievements in FY19. They have put in a strong year and are 
dedicated to our future success.

I also thank you, our shareholders, for your confidence in our 
company, especially the many who have been shareholders for 
the past 20 years. 

ASX  continues  to  strengthen  its  foundations  and  create  
opportunities for growth, while never losing sight of the important 
national responsibility that comes with its role. 

Rick Holliday-Smith 
Chairman

ASX Annual Report 2019 Chairman's letter continued

7

CEO's year in review

"We continue to take a long-term 
approach to ensure ASX remains at 
the forefront of financial markets 
innovation and a leader among  
its peers."

Dominic Stevens 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Dear fellow shareholders,

In  our  20th year  as  a  listed  company, ASX  delivered  another 
strong financial performance and made good progress on the 
execution of our technology-driven, customer-focused strategy. 
Alongside  growing  earnings, we  continued to  strengthen  our 
relationships with customers, regulators and Australia's financial  
markets, while putting in place the foundations to develop both 
ASX and our industry into the future.

I am confident we are investing in, and growing, our business to  
deliver valuable outcomes for all our stakeholders, and importantly, 
to drive long-term sustainable earnings for shareholders.

FY19 financial performance

Operating revenue (as per ASX's segment reporting) increased by 
6.5% on a like-for-like accounting basis to $863.8 million, driven 
by pleasing performances from each of our four core businesses, 
specifically:

 • Listings and Issuer Services delivered 5.5% revenue growth on  
a like-for-like accounting basis due to higher annual listing fees 
and a 5.3% increase in the total amount of capital raised 

 • Derivatives and OTC Markets was up 7.8%, reflecting the growth 
in futures trading and a record year for the OTC clearing business

 • Trading Services delivered the strongest growth of 9.4%, as 
the number of cabinets and cross-connections within ASX’s 
Australian Liquidity Centre (ALC) grew, and equities trading 
benefited from higher average daily volumes and increased  
use of ASX’s Auctions 

 • Equity Post-Trade Services revenue grew 3.5%, resulting from 
the increased cash market trading activity throughout the year.

FY19 also benefited from a 25.7% increase in interest and dividend 
income. The increase was driven by higher lodged capital balances 
and increased investment spreads. 

Operating expenses (as per ASX's segment reporting) grew by  
9.9%, reflecting the injection of new people and skills to enhance  
ASX's foundations and pursue growth opportunities. 

As forecast, capital expenditure was $75.1 million as we continued to  
strengthen and upgrade ASX’s technology capabilities through  
projects  such  as  CHESS  replacement,  the  new  secondary  
data  centre,  upgrades  relating  to  equities  trading  and  our  
investment in ASX DataSphere, our new open infrastructure data  
analytics platform. 

Earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation  
(EBITDA) for the period was $649 million, up 5.5% on the prior year, 
enabling a 5.7% increase in total ordinary dividends paid in FY19. 

Building an ASX for the future

Since its inception, ASX has had a core commitment to provide  
innovative, critical financial markets services and infrastructure 
that are resilient, functional and reliable. This creates growth  
opportunities for our customers and for the wider financial services 
industry. 

ASX’s adoption of innovative technology in the 1980s and 1990s  
generated growth opportunities across our markets for several  
decades.  In  1989,  for  example,  the  implementation  of  the  
SYCOM  electronic  trading  platform  allowed  the  futures  
exchange to offer after-hours electronic trading, giving customers  
more opportunities to transact. In 1994, the introduction of our 
CHESS post-trade system moved Australia from paper-based to 
electronic share ownership, which continues to realise efficiencies 
throughout the financial services industry to this day.

We continue to take a long-term approach to ensure ASX remains  
at  the  forefront  of  financial  markets  innovation  and  a  leader  
among  its  peers.  Our  technology-driven,  customer-focused  
strategy is enabling ASX to build an exchange for the future.

We aim to make doing business easier and more efficient for 
our customers. This has the flow-on effect of benefiting issuers  
and investors, whom all intermediaries in the Australian financial 
markets are here to serve. Many of the initiatives, which will drive 
ASX in the 2020s and beyond, are outlined on the following pages.

8

ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review

 
CEO's year in review continued

Technology-driven
A contemporary, flexible and resilient operating platform 
Key to positioning ASX for the next decade is putting in place 
a contemporary, flexible and resilient operating platform. This 
will enable ASX to offer more value-added products, services and  
infrastructure and help maintain the confidence of our users.  
The success of this platform is underpinned by the technology that 
powers it.

We recognise that to be successful in delivering new, technology- 
driven, value-added products and services, ASX must preserve 
the resiliency and reliability of our existing market infrastructure.  
We are doing this through a range of investments that include our:

 • New secondary data centre that is currently being commissioned 
and will be rolled out during FY20, acting as a state-of-the-art 
backup to our primary site

 • Upgrade of ASX Net, our communications network, which is on 
track to have all ASX services and third parties migrated to it by 
September 2019

 • Refreshed cash equities trading hardware and software, 

which will be in place by 2020 and result in a more robust and 
contemporary platform

 • Redesign of the ASX website that will improve interacting with 
ASX and enhance the experience for the five million-plus site 
visits each month.

Open infrastructure solutions
ASX is creating products and services that address the needs  
of  our  customers  as  well  as  our  own.  We  call  these  'open  
infrastructure solutions' that leverage our expertise, independence  
and infrastructure in multiple ways.

An  example  of  where  we’ve  successfully  done  this  is  in  the  
commissioning of the ALC. In 2012, ASX had three options when 
deciding to upgrade its primary data centre: 

 • Outsource to a third party specialist

 • Build a data centre exclusively for ASX and to co-locate our low 

latency customers

 • Invest in a facility that served both ASX and the wider  

marketplace. 

We chose the third option, which delivered an open data centre 
and connectivity infrastructure solution to the financial markets.

Seven years on, the ALC is truly the technological heart of the 
Australian financial markets, with 134 financial and technology 
companies connecting to ASX and to each other via ASX. This 
has expanded our customer base and created additional revenue 
streams adjacent to our core businesses of trading, clearing and 
settlement.

ASX  DataSphere,  our  data  analytics  offering  launched  in  the  
second half of FY19, is another example of ASX providing an open 
infrastructure solution. Again, we could have outsourced our data 
analytics capability or built such capability for ourselves only.

Instead, we chose to build a governed, secure platform, offering  
access to ASX and third party data and analytical tools, as well 
as the workspace,  computing  power  and  storage to facilitate  
the analysis. This initiative not only enhances ASX’s data analytical  
capabilities,  but  it  also  enables  our  customers to  access that  
capability without having to develop their own.

We have also applied our open infrastructure approach to our  
most high profile project, the replacement of CHESS, our equity 
post-trade system. Here we're creating a solution based on open, 
contemporary  technology,  which  uses  global  standards  and 
offers efficiency and innovation opportunities with permissioned,  
source-of-truth, synchronised data. In addition to being able to 
interact with ASX, customers (if they choose) will be able to interact 
with others who are on the permissioned network knowing that 
everyone is using the same accurate data.

For more detail on our CHESS replacement project, please see 
pages 12 and 13.

Customer-led
Making business easier for our customers 
All of our technology initiatives are designed to make business  
easier  for  our  customers.  The  open  infrastructure  solutions 
mentioned earlier are capable of helping our customers create 
new products and services, improve operational efficiency, and 
reduce risks and costs.

Likewise, we expect our CHESS replacement system, which will 
be enabled by distributed ledger technology (DLT), to provide  
significant value to the industry over the next 20 years, just as the  
implementation  of  CHESS  did  in  the  1990s.  When  electronic 
trading  and  CHESS  settlement  began  in  the  late  1980s  and 
early  1990s  respectively,  few  of  us  could  have  foreseen  the  
tremendous growth in trading volumes and the efficiencies the 
dematerialisation of shares have brought about. In the same way,  
we  are  confident  our  customers will  leverage the  benefits  of  
synchronised, source-of-truth data. In a system with no physicality, 
if you have perfect, synchronised information, there is little you 
cannot do.

Exactly how much value will be generated by this change is not yet 
clear. However, we know that the cost of Australia’s $2.7 trillion 
superannuation system alone is currently around $22 billion per 
annum*. The annual cost to the system of settling equities via CHESS 
on ASX is less than one-quarter of 1% of that number. It stands to 
reason that a new system providing synchronised, source-of-truth 
information securely to those who are entitled to see it, coupled 
with an ability for customers to build standardised business logic 
directly onto this source-of-truth, will make the whole industry 
more efficient. Even if the efficiency gain is 1% – and we expect it 
to be more – ASX would be adding value to our industry that is a 
multiple of the current value of settlement fees.

Importantly,  the  value  created  by  a  DLT-enabled  CHESS  
replacement is not limited to reducing costs through improved 
efficiency. Over the long-term, this infrastructure will provide a 
platform for our customers to innovate and develop their own 
value-added products and services. 

* Rainmaker Consulting, Superannuation Industry Review, May 2017.

ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued

9

CEO's year in review continued

Leading the world

Looking to the next decade

ASX’s development of DLT is attracting attention domestically and 
from across the global financial services industry. It is probably 
the most watched technology project in the exchange world. Our 
confidence in our ability to embrace and make new technologies 
work comes from ASX’s proven track record of having done it before, 
multiple times, over the last 20 years.

ASX is in a strong position as we head into the next decade. We’ve 
made significant progress over the last three years, putting in 
place strong foundations from which ASX can confidently operate 
in the years ahead. With these in place we are pursuing exciting 
new growth opportunities for ourselves, our customers and the 
wider industry.

My  thanks  to  our  employees  for  their  hard  work  and  to  our  
customers for their loyalty throughout the year. And to you, our 
shareholders, thanks for your ongoing support.

Dominic Stevens 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

People-driven
Key  to  ASX’s  proud  track  record  of  delivering  leading  and  
innovative solutions has been the dedication of our people, the trust 
and integrity they uphold, and their skills and capabilities. These 
attributes continue to define ASX’s culture.

Our BE values were introduced the previous year, having been 
developed  collaboratively  by  management  and  staff.  Twelve 
months on, I am pleased to report that our values of BE Open,  
BE Trustworthy, BE Original and BE The Example accurately reflect 
ASX’s culture.

Over the past year we have continued to foster an environment 
that encourages innovation and accountability. For example, the 
actions of all employees are now assessed in the context of our four 
BE values, which have been incorporated into annual performance 
assessments.

During FY19, we expanded our workforce as we continued to invest 
in people and skills to maintain our strength and resilience, as well 
as pursue growth opportunities. This saw important new hires in 
data analytics, IT architecture and infrastructure, risk management 
and customer service.

Trust-enabled
Trust  and  integrity  have  always  been  hallmarks  of  ASX.  In  a  
post Hayne Royal Commission environment, they are even more 
valuable. Preserving and growing these qualities are critical to our 
success. I am determined that they will remain part of who we are.

On a daily basis we work hard to earn the trust of our customers,  
regulators and the wider marketplace. We are in the business  
of providing the products, services and infrastructure that allow  
the Australian financial services industry to grow, innovate and 
generate benefits for the whole community. I am confident we  
are progressing a strategy that will allow ASX to continue this 
proud tradition.

10 ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued

BE Awards

During FY19, 40 BE Awards were 
presented, celebrating individual  
and collaborative efforts to live 
the ASX values. Below are four 
winning examples.

2

3

1

1. BE Original
Awarded  to  Vini  Vivo  for  his  work  to  enhance  data-driven 
decision-making 

Trading Services Analyst Vini Vivo was instrumental in delivering  
a new dashboard and analysis tool that enhanced ASX's ability to 
assess the trading activity of exchange-traded products (ETPs).  
In  developing the tool, Vini took  a fresh  approach to thinking 
about ASX’s management of the risk and regulatory requirements  
of ETPs. Vini is now employing his data science skills to develop new 
analytics products and services for ASX DataSphere. 

2. BE The Example
Awarded to Ali Sayed for his commitment to customer centricity 

Customer service is at the heart of how Technical Support Analyst 
Ali Sayed approaches every day. No matter how complicated the 
case, Ali takes the time to diagnose technical issues, understand and 
explain issues to the team, provide high-level detailed responses 
and communicate resolutions. His commitment to act with integrity, 
think deeply and broadly, and take responsibility allows ASX to 
better support and address the needs of our customers.

3. BE The Example
Awarded  to  Sarah  Redfern  for  improving  the  new  employee  
experience

HR Business Partner Sarah Redfern consistently goes above and 
beyond in her project delivery. Sarah’s commitment to deliver  
her  best  was  evident  in  her  work  to  refresh  ASX’s  new  
starter experience and orientation program, as well as in the  
implementation of a new partnership with HR OnBoard. Her efforts  
have  significantly  advanced  ASX’s  employee  on-boarding  
experience so that every new starter is engaged in ASX’s vision  
and strategy, rules and policies, and approach to risk awareness  
from day one.

BE The Example team award
Awarded to ASX’s Compliance Monitor (ACM) replacement team 
for making business easier for customers

The successful team replaced ASX’s ACM platform with a new,  
integrated  smart-form  system  that  improved  the  interaction  
customers  have  with  ASX.  The  new  solution  was  developed  
collaboratively, blending subject matter experts from across the 
business. Together they leveraged ASX Online’s functionality to 
provide an integrated experience with more flexibility for users.  
The new platform also enabled efficiencies in managing customer 
communications to be achieved.

Congratulations to the members of the winning team: Lyn Allsop-
Guest,  Chris  Ansell,  Michelle  Cox,  Rory  Cunningham,  Nicole 
Figueroa, Stafford Gallagher, Troy Hanington, Gary Harvey, Christine 
Heathcote, Upamani Hewamalage, John Johansson, Jerry Lai, Sue 
Lumb, Sally Lynch, Nicole Manfred, Jonathan O'Riordan, Liz O’Toole, 
Pooja Pavithran, Lisa Rubio, Neha Shrikhande, Nikki Swinson and 
Bill Woods.

ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued

11

The replacement of CHESS
ASX has a long and proud history of innovation. We were  
a leader in automating markets and embracing electronic 
trading, in removing the need for paper-based share 
certificates, in demutualising and self-listing, and in merging 
equities and futures exchanges. We are again leading the 
exchange world, this time with the replacement of CHESS  
and the use of distributed ledger technology (DLT). 

Optional DLT 
node access

New customer 
requested functions

Access via messaging
Upgraded to global 
ISO 20022 standard

Existing functionality carried forward and enhanced with:

1 Modern hardware  2 Contemporary software

3 Upgraded security

Current CHESS

12 ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued
12 ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued

ASX is in the midst of a significant renewal of key information 
systems and infrastructure. A major part of this transformation is 
the replacement of CHESS – ASX’s 25-year-old proprietary Clearing 
House Electronic Sub-register System. 

We believe the replacement of CHESS, together with a DLT capability, 
continues our history of innovating for the benefit of the market and 
our customers, and will support the growth of Australia’s financial 
system for the next 25 years. 

What is DLT and DAML? 
Distributed ledger technology – DLT, often referred to as ‘blockchain’ 
– is a suite of technologies that collectively create a new database 
architecture for record-keeping and the mutualisation of workflows 
across industries. 

A distributed ledger is a database architecture that enables users 
to remain perfectly synchronised to source-of-truth data without 
the need for messaging and associated reconciliation. 

Why replace CHESS? 
It is usual for ASX, and for any exchange, to upgrade its core  
infrastructure. The current CHESS system is 25 years old and it 
needs to be replaced. It is written in COBOL and uses a set of 
proprietary message formats (CHESS messages) for communication 
with market users. While the performance and availability of CHESS 
continues to serve the market well, the age of the application and 
the challenges associated with maintaining and developing it led 
ASX to start evaluating replacement options in 2015. 

After significant exploration of the options, including using DLT, we 
are replacing CHESS with a contemporary solution that delivers 
new functionality, will reduce risks and improve the efficiency of 
clearing and settlement, and other post-trade services, which our 
regulated businesses provide. 

What system is replacing CHESS?
ASX is developing a new system that will provide the clearing  
and settlement services offered by CHESS today and other new 
services – including those requested by the market. It is being built 
in conjunction with Digital Asset (DA), a New York-based software 
company, on contemporary, open technology using the Digital 
Asset Modelling Language (DAML) – a new computer programming 
language.

The  new  system  will  provide  upgraded  security,  resilience  
and  performance;  the  ability  to  more  efficiently  implement  
enhancements; and will use the ISO 20022 protocol, which is the 
messaging standard being adopted by regulators and market  
infrastructures globally. 

The new system also carries through the functionality of the existing 
equities clearing and settlement system, with the addition of new 
customer requested functions that were identified following an 
intensive 18-month stakeholder consultation process. Examples of 
new functions include the standardisation of investor registration 
details, additional bilateral settlement options, a range of improved 
automated corporate actions, and the option to receive investor 
CHESS statements electronically. 

How can users access the new system? 
There are a number of different connection choices. Users can 
choose to connect via global standard ISO 20022 messaging, which 
will be an upgrade to the current suite of CHESS messages. Or they  
can connect through a web browser, which will be the option 
most suitable for low activity users. Both of these options allow 
access to the new system in a way that is very similar to accessing  
CHESS today. 

ASX’s distributed ledger will be secure, privately permissioned and 
operate behind ASX’s perimeter firewalls. Users will be required 
to meet licence and regulatory obligations, and will only be able to 
access the information to which they are legally entitled. Through 
the design of the ledger, the privacy and security of users’ data 
will be enhanced, with the system resiliency, tamper detection and 
cryptographic features of our DLT infrastructure making the ledger 
even more secure. 

DAML, an acronym for the Digital Asset Modelling Language, is an 
open source smart-contracting computer programming language 
built to model assets and their workflows. DAML is particularly 
suitable for driving efficiency and innovation in financial markets, 
and enables rapid and efficient software development and delivery.

Why did ASX choose to provide DAML and build a distributed 
ledger connection option?

Having thoroughly explored and tested the benefits of DLT since 
2015 – including the performance, security, scalability and resilience 
requirements necessary to operate critical market infrastructure 
– we believe that the option of connecting to a distributed ledger 
allows the market to use DAML to develop new services that improve 
the efficiency and standardisation of processes, reduce operational 
risk, and create new opportunities for growth and innovation. 

Put simply, applications can be written more efficiently and will 
work on any DLT node. This is a powerful capability that can leverage 
investments in technology, reduce errors, simplify workflows and 
foster innovation for the benefit of the whole market.

What is the status of the CHESS replacement project? 
Following the decision to replace CHESS in December 2017 and the 
finalisation of business requirements in September 2018, we are now 
in the build and test phase, and on track to deliver the replacement 
system and the distributed ledger in March-April 2021. 

We are working closely with our regulators and customers, as well 
as their service providers, to help them get ready for the go-live 
of the new system.

What DLT-enabled opportunities exist beyond CHESS 
replacement? 
We are using the insights and experience of the CHESS replacement 
project to think  about  how  DLT-enabled  solutions  can  deliver  
efficiencies and innovation to other areas of the Australian financial 
services industry. This work is being done by our newly created 
DLT Solutions team. 

Users also have the option to choose to connect to the distributed 
ledger by taking a DLT node, a new managed service that will be 
offered by ASX. Importantly, while the features of the new system 
are accessible through a DLT node, users do not need to take a DLT 
node if they prefer to access the system the traditional way.

We believe in the transformative potential of DLT and want to 
help our customers unlock its value by developing better products 
and services and improving operational efficiency. This extends 
beyond equities into other asset classes and beyond clearing and 
settlement processes.

For the moment, however, our primary focus is on implementing 
the CHESS replacement system.

ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued 

13

ASX DataSphere 
Unlocking the potential of financial markets data through 
shared infrastructure

Building on ASX’s record of operating independent, reliable and resilient financial market infrastructure and systems, ASX’s DataSphere 
is our data science platform. 

Using ASX and third party data, ASX DataSphere gives ASX and our customers the ability to unlock value through insights and analysis 
in a secure and governed ecosystem. 

Just like ASX’s Australian Liquidity Centre, ASX DataSphere is an open infrastructure solution offering customers access to capabilities, 
systems and products without the sizeable upfront, start-up investment they would need to do it on their own.

Data governance
The latest data management  
technologies and industry-leading 
best practices ensure content is 
only used as approved by its owner. 

Contributors get access to 
advanced capabilities in data  
ingestion, curation, discovery  
and security.

Content in
By placing data sets on ASX DataSphere’s 
governed and trusted platform, ASX and third 
parties can enhance their value by offering them 
for analysis by ASX DataSphere customers.

14  ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued

Insights out 
ASX DataSphere products provide customers with insights  
and analysis to help them gain competitive advantage, cost 
efficiencies and risk reduction. Using individual product-based 
pricing, ASX DataSphere products range from web-based  
dashboards and downloaded analytics-ready datasets to 
bespoke solutions for specific problems. 

Commercial framework
A comprehensive licensing 
structure protects the rights and 
preferences of participants.

Contributors can participate in a 
revenue share scheme that scales 
with the success of a product.

Two ways to engage

1

Commercial framework

A comprehensive licensing structure 

protects the rights and preferences 

of participants. 

Contributors can participate in a 

revenue-share scheme that scales 

with the success of a product. 

Billing and payments for products 

are all managed by DataSphere.

Bring your content
Create new revenue opportunities 
by commercialising your data and 
analytical models with DataSphere, 
broadening your reach through 
ASX’s extensive distribution into 
the fi nancial markets community. 

ASX DataSphere web store
Access new insights and analytics- 
ready data from ASX and third 
parties.

Browse a growing catalogue  
of trading, clearing, settlement, 
reference, company and economic 
data and analytics across all  
ASX markets.

Securely analyse your own data 
alongside content from DataSphere 
to seek new insights. Build models 
yourself or in collaboration with the 
DataSphere team.

Key benefi ts

Product development 
ASX DataSphere’s product team 
can take a model and transform it 
into a finished product that can be 
easily consumed by end users. 

> Enhance the value of your 

data assets

Products are run, monitored and 
supported on the platform.

> License your content confi dently

> Access rich data to build 

valuable analytics

Data science 
Connect to the state-of-the-art  
big data platform via scalable 
workspaces loaded with the  
latest data science tools.

You can perform comprehensive 
analytics from visualisations 
through to advanced machine 
learning and artificial intelligence.

Key

ASX

You 

ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued 

15

Data governance

The latest data management 

technologies and industry-

leading best practices 

ensure content is only used 

as approved by its owner. 

Contributors get access to 

advanced capabilities in data 

ingestion, curation, discovery 

and security.

Key benefi ts

> Rich source of insights and 

data to help your business

> Have solutions built for your 

data problems

> Individual product-based pricing

2

Access insights

Subscribe to data products from 

ASX and third parties – using 

insights to seek competitive 

advantage, cost effi ciencies, 

risk reduction and compliance. 

Get immediate insights from 

web-based dashboards, download 

analytics-ready datasets or access 

feature-rich APIs to incorporate 

new and unique data into your 

own workfl ow. 

If you have a specifi c problem to 

solve, the DataSphere team can 

build a repeatable solution you 

can subscribe to.

With pricing based on individual 

product subscriptions, you only 

pay for what you need.

Product development

DataSphere’s product team 

can take a model and transform 

it into a fi nished product that 

can be easily consumed by 

end users. 

Products are run, monitored 

and supported on the platform. 

DataSphere Webstore

Access new insights and 

analytics-ready data from 

ASX and third parties.

Browse a growing catalogue 

of trading, clearing, settlement, 

reference, company and 

economic data and analytics 

across all ASX markets. 

Data science

Connect to the state-of-the-art big data 

platform via scaleable workspaces loaded with 

the latest data science tools. 

You can perform comprehensive analytics, 

from visualisations through to advanced 

machine learning and AI.

Operating and financial  
review

16 ASX Annual Report 2019 CEO's year in review continued

Operating and financial review

The  Operating  and  Financial  Review  outlines ASX’s  activities, 
performance, financial position and main business strategies. It 
also discusses the key risks and uncertainties that could impact on 
ASX and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group), and its 
ability to achieve its financial and other objectives. The statements 
are prepared and audited in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001 and Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

For the purposes of the Operating and Financial Review, the Listings 
and Issuer Services revenue, income tax expenses and all resulting 
profit measures for the prior comparative period (pcp) have been 
restated to retrospectively apply AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers. All analysis in this report is based on these restated 
numbers. The pcp has not been restated in the financial statements.

The pcp has been restated in the Operating and Financial Review 
to provide greater comparability of the company’s performance 
in  the  year  ending  30  June  2019  (FY19),  as  both  the  current  
and restated pcp reflect the new accounting policy to defer the 
recognition of initial and subsequent listing revenue over five 
and three years respectively. Prior to the adoption of AASB 15,  
this revenue was recognised on the date of the capital raising.  
The impact of the change in accounting policy is a decrease of $11.8 
million in Listings and Issuer Services revenue and the resulting 
EBITDA, EBIT and underlying profit before tax, a decrease in income 
tax expense of $3.5 million and a decrease in the underlying profit 
after tax of $8.3 million.

Business model and operating environment

ASX is a multi-asset class and integrated exchange group. The Group 
operates markets for cash equities and derivatives, and provides a  
full service offering including listings, trading, clearing, settlement, 
registry, and information and technical services. ASX operates 
a significant part of the infrastructure that supports Australia’s  
financial markets.

The business is conducted through a number of regulated legal  
entities. ASX holds market operator licences and clearing and  
settlement licences to undertake its activities. ASX is subject to 
oversight by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission 
(ASIC) and the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA).

ASX’s activities and revenues are grouped into four key businesses, 
being Listings and Issuer Services, Derivatives and OTC Markets, 
Trading Services, and Equity Post-Trade Services. These are each 
discussed separately later in this report.

Group financial performance

Net profit after tax
Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) for FY19 increased 10.5% on the 
prior year to $492.0 million. Statutory earnings per share (EPS) were 
254.1 cents, up 10.5% from the un-restated and previously reported 
EPS of 230.0 cents per share, reflecting the growth in earnings. FY18 
included the non-cash impairment of $20.2 million on the Group’s 
investment in Yieldbroker. There were no significant items in FY19.

The Group’s underlying NPAT, which excludes significant items, 
increased 5.7% on the prior year. Underlying EPS was up 5.7%.

After restatement for AASB 15 for FY18, statutory NPAT increased 
12.6% and underlying NPAT increased 7.7%.

Dividends
The Board’s dividend policy is to pay 90% of underlying profit after 
tax. This is reviewed each time the Board considers payment of  
a  dividend.  Underlying  profit  reflects  NPAT  adjusted  for  any  
significant revenues or expenses such as those associated with 
major restructuring, transactions or other material items that are 
not commonly recurring. 

ASX paid an interim dividend of 114.4 cents per share in March 2019 
and directors have determined a final dividend of 114.3 cents per 
share. Total interim and final dividends per share for FY19 of 228.7 
cents are 5.7% higher than the prior year (un-restated), and reflect 
the increase in underlying earnings. Proceeds from the sale of ASX’s 
investment in IRESS Limited will be paid to shareholders as a special 
dividend of 129.1 cents per share. Both the final dividend and special 
dividend will be paid on 25 September 2019.

Statutory net profit after tax ($million) 

397.8

426.2

434.1

445.1

492.0

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Statutory earnings per share (EPS) (cents)

205.7

220.4

224.5

230.0

254.1

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Dividends per share (DPS) (cents)

95.1

92.3

FY15

99.0

99.1

FY16

Interim

99.8

102.0

FY17

Final

109.1

107.2

FY18

Special

129.1

114.3

114.4

FY19

ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review

17

Operating and financial review continued

Summary income statement for the year ending 30 June 2019

Operating revenue

Operating expenses

EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation

EBIT
Interest and dividend income

Profit before tax
Tax expense

Underlying profit after tax
Significant items after tax

Statutory profit after tax
Statutory earnings per share (cents)

Underlying earnings per share (cents)

FY191
$m
863.8

(214.8)

649.0
(47.8)

601.2

103.9

705.1
(213.1)

492.0
-

492.0
254.1

254.1

FY182
$m
810.9

(195.5)

615.4
(47.6)

567.8

82.7

650.5
(193.5)

457.0
(20.2)

436.8
230.03
240.43
216.3³

Variance fav/(unfav)

$m
52.9

(19.3)

33.6
(0.2)

33.4

21.2

54.6
(19.6)

35.0
20.2

55.2

%
6.5

(9.9)

5.5
(0.5)

5.9

25.7

8.4
(10.2)

7.7
-

12.6
10.5

5.7

Dividends per share (cents)
1 FY19 is in line with the Group segment reporting note.
² The comparative has been restated for the adoption of AASB 15. A reconciliation of the income statement and the restated comparative is provided in the table 

228.7

5.7

below.

³ The comparative has not been restated.

Operating revenues

Operating expenses

EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation

EBIT
Interest and dividend income

Profit before tax
Tax expense

Underlying profit after tax
Significant items after tax

Statutory profit after tax

Operating revenue

Operating revenue in FY19 increased 6.5% to $863.8 million.

The key components of operating revenue: 
 • Listings and Issuer Services revenue increased 5.5%, resulting 
from strong capital raising in prior periods, higher market  
capitalisation and fee changes

 • Derivatives and OTC Markets revenue increased 7.8%, reflecting 
a significant increase in activity, particularly futures trading and 
OTC Clearing

 • Trading Services revenue increased 9.4%, resulting from higher 

cash market trading activity and increased cabinets and 
connections within the Australian Liquidity Centre (ALC)

 • Equity Post-Trade Services revenue increased 3.5%, reflecting 

higher value cleared and settlement messages.

FY18
$m
822.7

(195.5)

627.2
(47.6)

579.6

82.7

662.3
(197.0)

465.3
(20.2)

445.1

Change in  
accounting policy
$m
(11.8)

Restated FY18
$m
810.9

-

(11.8)
-

(11.8)

-

(11.8)
3.5

(8.3)
-

(8.3)

(195.5)

615.4
(47.6)

567.8

82.7

650.5
(193.5)

457.0
(20.2)

436.8

Listing and Issuer 
Services

Derivatives and  
OTC Markets

Trading Services

Equity Post-Trade 
Services 

Other revenue

Total operating 
revenues

FY19
$m

FY18
$m

220.2

208.8

308.6

229.6

108.4

(3.0)

286.4

209.9

104.8

1.0

863.8

810.9

Variance fav/(unfav)

$m

11.4

22.2

19.7

3.6

(4.0)

52.9

%

5.5

7.8

9.4

3.5

-

6.5

18 ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

Operating and financial review continued

Cash Market
Clearing
6%

Cash Market
Settlement
6%

Equity
Post-Trade
Services
12%

Technical
Services
9%

Trading Services
26%

Information
Services 
11%

Derivatives and 
OTC Markets
36%

Cash Market
Trading
6%

Listings and
Issuer Services
26%

Issuer Services
6%

Equity Options
2%

 • Equipment costs increased 10.2% to $30.7 million, due to  
additional licensing and support costs associated with 
the development of ASX’s data analytics platform (ASX 
DataSphere) and digital initiatives (redesign of ASX website). 

Listings
20%

 • Administration costs were broadly flat. 

 • Variable costs increased 5.6% due to higher postage costs 

and the number of envelopes containing CHESS statements 
increased by 4%. 

 • Regulatory fees increased 19.3% compared to pcp. During the 
second half of FY19, ASIC provided further guidance on the 
level of cost recovery for FY19, which resulted in a higher level 
of accruals in the current half. ASIC invoices the market six 
months after year-end close.

 • Depreciation and amortisation expenses increased 0.5% to 
$47.8 million, reflecting ASX’s investment in technology of 
recent years.

Austraclear
7%

Futures and 
OTC Clearing
27%

Capital expenditure

Operating expenses

Operating expenses in FY19 were slightly above guidance provided 
to the market as a result of updated ASIC cost recovery charges. 
As reflected in the segment note, underlying operating expenses 
(excluding  finance  costs,  depreciation  and  amortisation,  and  
significant items) increased 9.9% to $214.8 million. 

Staff

Occupancy

Equipment

Administration

Variable

ASIC levy

Total operating 
expenses

Variance fav/(unfav)

FY19
$m
127.7

17.9

30.7

22.5

8.4

7.6

FY18
$m
114.6

16.4

27.9

22.4

7.9

6.3

$m
(13.1)

(1.5)

(2.8)

(0.1)

(0.5)

(1.3)

214.8

195.5

(19.3)

%
(11.5)

(9.5)

(10.2)

(0.4)

(5.6)

(19.3)

(9.9)

 • Staff costs increased 11.5% to $127.7 million. This reflects the 
hiring of 102 additional full-time equivalent (FTE) employees 
throughout the year, partly offset by higher levels of staff 
costs capitalised on projects compared to pcp. As at 30 June 
2019, there were 689 FTE staff compared to 587 a year earlier. 
Additional headcount relates to the implementation of Stronger 
Foundations and licence to operate initiatives, as well as project 
demand hires to support both capital (including CHESS  
replacement) and operational projects. 

 • Occupancy costs increased 9.5% to $17.9 million, primarily  

due to the increase in our international data centre footprint 
and additional floor space as a result of higher FTEs. 

The Group invested $75.1 million in capital expenditure during the 
year, compared to $54.1 million in the pcp. The increase on pcp is 
reflective of our ongoing investment in upgrading technology to 
support various initiatives and strengthen the resiliency of ASX 
services. FY19 expenditure included the continued investment in 
distributed ledger technology (DLT) for CHESS replacement, a new 
secondary data centre, and ASX DataSphere.

Net interest income

ASX Group net interest 
income

Net interest on collateral 
balances

Total net interest income
Dividend income

Interest and dividend 
income

FY19
$m

23.4

75.4

98.8
5.1

103.9

FY18
$m

18.2

50.3

68.5
14.2

82.7

Variance fav/(unfav)

$m

5.2

25.1

30.3
(9.1)

21.2

%

28.7

49.7

44.1
(63.6)

25.7

Net interest and dividend income increased 25.7% to $103.9 million. 
Net interest consists of two components: interest earned on ASX’s 
cash balances and net interest earned from the investment of 
collateral balances lodged by participants.

Interest  income  on  ASX’s  cash  balances  increased  28.7%  to  
$23.4 million due to higher balances and increased earning rates. 
Net interest earned from the investment of participant balances 
increased 49.7% to $75.4 million. This increase was driven by a 18.4% 
increase in average collateral balances to $8.2 billion, reflective of 
larger positions. Investment earnings on this portfolio averaged 
51 basis points compared to 34 basis points above the official 
overnight cash rate.

Dividend revenue was down 63.6% to $5.1 million due to the sale 
of ASX's shareholding in IRESS in February 2019.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

19

Operating and financial review continued

Financial position

Listings and Issuer Services 

At 30 June 2019, the net assets of the Group were $3,916.4 million, 
down 0.7 % from 30 June 2018. 

Summary balance sheet for year ending 30 June 2019

30 June 
2019
$m

30 June 
2018
$m

Variance increase/
(decrease)

$m

%

Assets
Cash

333.1

Other financial assets*

11,937.2

377.2

9,192.9

(44.1)

2,744.3

Intangibles  
(excluding software)

Investments

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Amounts owing to 
participants

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity
Capital

Retained earnings

Reserves

2,326.1

2,326.3

(0.2)

76.3

657.6

469.5

557.1

(393.2)

100.5

15,330.3

12,923.0

2,407.3

10,801.0

8,495.8

2,305.2

612.9

481.7

131.2

11,413.9

8,977.5

2,436.4

3,027.2

3,027.2

801.7

87.5

666.7

251.6

-

135.0

(164.1)

(11.7)

29.9

(0.0)

(83.7)

18.0

18.6

27.1

27.2

27.1

-

20.2

(65.2)

Total equity
* Includes other financial assets at amortised cost, financial assets at fair 

3,945.5

3,916.4

(29.1)

(0.7)

value through profit or loss, and available-for-sale financial assets.

Investments 
Investments for the period were down $393.2 million or 83.7% on 
the prior year, primarily due to the sale of our shareholding in IRESS. 
Investments are detailed below. The movement reflects the change 
in fair value of these investments:

 • 19% shareholding in IRESS was sold in February 2019. IRESS  

is a listed entity providing financial market and wealth  
management technology solutions

 • 46% shareholding in Yieldbroker Pty Limited, an unlisted entity 
operating licensed electronic markets for trading Australian and 
New Zealand debt securities 

 • 7% shareholding in Digital Asset Holdings LLC, an unlisted  

US-domiciled technology entity 

 • 49% shareholding in Sympli, a joint venture established to provide 

electronic property conveyancing and settlement services. 

Amounts owing to participants
Amounts  owing  to  participants  were  up  $2,305.2  million  or  
27.1% compared to the prior year, reflecting an increase in the open 
positions held in interest rate and equity index futures, as well 
as equity margins and OTC derivative positions. ASX holds these 
collateral positions to cover cash market and derivatives exposures 
as part of its clearing operations. 

The increase in participant balances results in a corresponding 
increase in cash and other financial assets, as the balances are 
invested by ASX.

Business model and operating environment

ASX, through its listing rules and infrastructure, provides a facility 
for companies to list, raise capital and have their securities publicly 
traded. 

The Group provides a range of services to issuers of capital, including 
the generation of issuer holding statements and other shareholder 
and sub-register services. ASX also lists debt securities (including 
government debt securities) and exchange-traded investment 
products.

The Group earns revenue from listed entities for initial listing, annual 
listing, secondary capital raisings, and for issuer services. The main 
drivers of revenue in this category include the:

 • Number of listed entities and their market value

 • Number and value of initial public offerings (IPOs)

 • Level of corporate actions, such as secondary capital raisings

 • Number of holding statements.

Results of operations 

Listings and Issuer Services revenue was $220.2 million, up 5.5% 
reflecting: 

 • Annual listing revenue up 9.3% to $93.8 million. An increase in 

the number of listed entities billed, along with growth in market 
capitalisation and annual fee changes resulted in the increase 
in revenue

 • Initial listing revenue up 11.6% to $19.2 million. With the 

adoption of AASB 15, revenue was primarily initial listings 
revenue generated over the last five years. Historical revenues 
accounted for $16.6 million and $2.6 million of revenue related 
to strong capital raising in the current period. While there were 
fewer IPOs, 111 compared to 137 in the pcp, the amount of  
capital raised was up 45.6% to $37.4 billion which generated 
$22.1 million in revenue, which will be amortised over five years 

 • Secondary capital raisings revenue up 5.8% to $51.2 million. 

With the adoption of AASB 15, revenue was primarily  
secondary listings revenue generated over the last three years. 
Historical revenues accounted for $41.2 million, weaker capital 
raising in the current period contributing a further $10.0 million. 
Secondary capital raised was down 13.2% compared to pcp 
generating revenue of $54.4m (down 7.6% on pcp), which will 
be amortised over three years 

 • Other listings revenue down 14.8% to $6.9 million. Fewer  
re-instatements, 11 compared to 31 in the pcp, resulted in  
revenue being down $1.5 million. Initial and secondary debt 
raisings were also down $0.2 million on pcp. This is offset  
by stronger exchange-traded products (ETP) revenues, up  
$0.5 million as funds under management (FUM) balances 
increased year-on-year 

 • Issuer services revenue marginally down 0.2% to $49.1 million. 
The number of CHESS holding statements was down 2.5%. 
Other issuer-related CHESS messages were also down 
compared to pcp. 

20 ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

Operating and financial review continued

Total capital raised ($billion) 

88.9

78.6

56.0

81.7

86.0

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Market cap of new listings

Scrip-for-scrip

Secondary capital

Initial listing fee revenue contribution per year under AASB 15 
($million)

15.2

17.3

$1.8

19.2

$2.6

13.8

11.7

In order to broaden the choice for customers, ASX has a range 
of products and asset classes available for issuers and investors. 
Some of the investment products that complement traditional 
equities include:

 • Bonds – ASX provides the ability for clients to trade Australian 
Government bonds on exchange in the same way as equity 
trading

 • ETPs – in recent years ASX has increased the number and  
range of ETPs. The value of ETPs listed on ASX increased  
30.0% to $50.9 billion in FY19 

 • Managed funds (mFund) – mFund allows investors to apply 
for and redeem unlisted managed funds using their broker 
platform. At 30 June 2019, there were 219 funds available on 
mFund with a market capitalisation of $937.2 million, 38.4%  
up on the pcp.

Derivatives and OTC Markets 

$15.5

$16.6

Business model and operating environment

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Colours represent the year in which revenue was generated and the periods over which 
it will be amortised.

Secondary listing fee revenue contribution per year under 
AASB 15 ($million)

41.3

44.2

38.0

48.4

51.2

$10.8

$37.6

$10.0

$41.2

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Colours represent the year in which revenue was generated and the periods over which 
it will be amortised.

Business strategies 

ASX has implemented a range of initiatives in recent years aimed 
at enhancing the attractiveness of Australia as a place to list and 
raise capital. These include updates to the listing rules to maintain 
the high standards of being listed on ASX.

ASX has been successful in increasing the number of foreign companies 
and those from the technology sector listed on the exchange. ASX 
has 275 foreign entities and 202 technology companies listed. 

ASX offers exchange-traded derivatives, including the trading and 
clearing of futures and options on futures on interest rate, equity 
index, agricultural and energy contracts, as well as exchange-traded 
options over individual securities. The number of contracts traded 
is the primary revenue driver. 

Through the licensed ASX Clear (Futures), ASX provides central 
counterparty clearing (CCP) of these exchange-traded derivatives 
as well as clearing of over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. This entity 
provides risk management services supported by clearing participant 
collateral and funds provided by both ASX and participants, which 
are available in the event participants fail to meet their obligations. 
Through a process known as novation, the CCP assumes the credit 
risk of all trades centrally cleared and thus facilitates an efficient 
and orderly clearing and settlement function for the market. 

Austraclear provides settlement, depository and registry services 
for debt securities and cash transactions. ASX’s model for debt 
securities settles transactions on a trade-by-trade basis, which 
provides for certainty of settlement. The number of transactions 
is the main revenue driver.

Depository services are provided through the Austraclear central 
securities depository (CSD). These securities consist of fixed income 
securities including government bonds. Settlement of transactions 
on these securities occurs through real-time gross settlement (RTGS). 
The value of securities held is the main revenue driver.

Registry services are provided whereby Austraclear facilitates  
security registration and the subsequent cash transfers associated 
with the terms of the individual securities. The main drivers of 
registry revenue are the number and value of securities held in 
the registry.

ASX Collateral service allows customers of ASX to utilise collateral 
held in Austraclear to meet obligations to other customers or to 
ASX’s clearing subsidiaries. The value of collateral balances managed 
is the main revenue driver.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

21

Operating and financial review continued

Results of operations  
Derivatives and OTC Markets revenue was $308.6 million, up 7.8% 
reflecting:

 • Futures and OTC revenue up 9.6% to $232.9 million. The increase 

in revenue was due to a 9.9% rise in futures volumes and 53.8% 
growth in OTC clearing value. Proprietary trading volume rose 
following increased activity by existing traders and the addition 
of new trading participants. The value cleared through the 
OTC clearing service was $9.7 trillion, compared to $6.3 trillion 
in pcp. Proprietary trading and interest rate and OTC rebate 
schemes were up 14.1%, or $11.2 million, following higher  
trading activity

 • Equity options revenue down 9.2% to $19.9 million. Subdued 
activity resulted in lower index options volumes, down 9.5%,  
and single stock option volumes, down 7.8%

 • Austraclear revenue up 7.4% to $55.8 million. The increase 
was primarily due to higher balances in the depository, and 
increased transactions and growth in the ASX Collateral service 
across the period. At 30 June 2019, the value of assets in the 
ASX Collateral service was down marginally to $22.4 billion 
compared to $23.5 billion in the pcp. Average balances throughout 
the year however were up 9.9% on pcp to $21.9 billion.

ASX futures and options on futures contract volume (million)

Cash  market  comprises  the  trading  of  equities,  warrants,  
exchange-traded funds and listed debt securities. The value of  
turnover transacted on the ASX market is the primary revenue driver. 

Information services includes the provision of real-time market data 
for the cash and derivative markets, and the provision of indices, 
company news, and index and other reference data. The main revenue 
drivers are the number of end users accessing real-time market 
data and customer enterprise agreements for the provision of data.

Technical services consists of four main categories of services to 
facilitate market connectivity and access to ASX and third-party 
services by customers. These are:

 • ASX's distribution platform, hosting of customer infrastructure 

within the ALC and ASX Net site management

 • Connection services to facilitate connectivity to the ALC

 • ASX service access including access and sessions for market 

data products and clearing and settlement systems

 • Market access to trading sessions, liquidity cross-connects and 

order entry, as well as trade gateways.

Revenue drivers for each category consist of the volume of services 
used by customers, such as the number of connections to ASX 
markets or the number of cabinets hosted in the ALC.

126

137

142

156

172

Results of operations

Trading Services revenue was $229.6 million, up 9.4% reflecting: 

 • Cash market trading revenue up 12.9% to $51.7 million.  

The increase in revenue resulted from:

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

 - Higher on-market trading value of $4.6 billion per day, up 

Business strategies 

Through  ASX’s  Austraclear  platform,  ASX  delivers  collateral  
efficiency to customers with its collateral management service. 
This service allows customers to utilise collateral held in ASX’s 
Austraclear debt registry to meet obligations to other customers 
(mainly repo transactions) or to ASX’s clearing subsidiaries. 

The OTC Clearing service includes A$ and NZ$ interest rate swaps 
and client clearing. Notional open interest at the end of June 2019 
was $7.2 trillion, up 91% on the pcp. 

In  FY18,  ASX  invested  in  a  joint  venture,  Sympli,  which 
has  been  established  as  an  electronic  lodgement  network  
operator (ELNO). Sympli is approved to operate as an ELNO in 
Victoria,  Queensland  and  New  South  Wales,  and  is  targeting  
integration with the first  bank for the  purposes  of  document  
lodgement with financial settlement in the third quarter 2019. 

Trading Services 

11.7%. ASX’s share of on-market trading averaged 88.6% in 
FY19, up 2% on the average of 86.6% in the pcp 

 - Auctions and Centre Point value was up 21.3% on pcp, both of 
which have higher associated revenues. Auctions accounted 
for 28.6% of the on-market value while Centre Point usage 
was 9.7%. Together, these accounted for 55.7% of ASX trading 
revenue, up from 53.3% in the pcp

 • Information services revenue up 6.9% to $96.3 million.  

The increase in revenue resulted from:

 - Additional revenues from futures data pricing and fee changes 

to certain data services

 - Increased index royalties from S&P, additional bank bill swap 
rate (BBSW) distribution, annual fee increases and one-off 
audit recovery revenue 

 • Technical services revenue up 10.3% to $81.6 million. 

The increase in revenue was due to:

 - Increased cabinet hosting with 324 cabinets at 30 June 2019, 
up from 301 a year earlier, and strong growth in the number 
of cross-connections within the ALC. The number of ALC  
cross-connections grew from 984 to 1,068 during the year.

Business model and operating environment

Business strategies 

Trading Services comprises the trading of securities in the cash market, 
as well as the information and technical services offered by ASX.

The Trading Services strategy is to provide innovative services to 
maximise the attractiveness of trading on ASX, and to meet the 
needs of a varied customer base. This includes providing leading 
price discovery and liquidity access execution types, such as Auctions 
and Centre Point.

22 ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

Operating and financial review continued

The Centre Point order type is an example of ASX innovation  
following feedback from end investors. The various Centre Point 
order types provide customers with optionality and control over 
how their orders are executed.

Auctions and Centre Point value traded ($billion)

78.9

209.4

107.0

237.0

106.5

262.1

113.0

334.0

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

74.9

193.3

FY15

Auctions

Centre Point

ASX DataSphere is ASX’s open data infrastructure solution offering 
customers the ability to unlock value through insights and analysis 
in a secure and governed ecosystem. ASX’s broad range of data 
combined with other data sources, provides the ability to offer 
additional data and analytics to a range of users.

In January 2017, ASX expanded its data offerings when it became 
the administrator for, and provider of, the BBSW interest rate 
benchmark.  During  FY18,  ASX  strengthened  the  integrity  of  
this benchmark by introducing a new calculation methodology 
following consultation with the market and regulators. In FY19, 
ASX explored new benchmark data opportunities to expand our 
current service offering.

Within the information and technical services offerings, ASX’s  
strategy is predominantly driven by the needs of clients in equities 
and derivatives. These requirements include the hosting of hardware 
and connectivity, as well as low latency (high speed) services to 
access information and ASX’s trading platforms. 

Demand for information services is impacted by the level of market 
activity and the number of users accessing ASX market data. ASX’s 
services are tailored to meet changing customer requirements such 
as electronic usage of data. ASX provides enterprise licences for 
large users of data that offer pricing certainty to customers along 
with standard monthly royalty plans.

ASX’s  success  in  expanding  its  technical  services  follows  the  
investment in the ALC and communications network (ASX Net). 
ASX will continue to invest in its product and service offerings in 
order to become the leading provider for the financial community.

Equity Post-Trade Services

Business model and operating environment

ASX’s  clearing  and  settlement  infrastructure  provides  risk  
management services through its CCP and delivery-versus-payment 
settlement of cash market trades. ASX’s post-trade operations are 
backed by significant Australian-based capital and collateral, and 
are overseen by Australia’s regulators. Through a process known 
as novation, the CCP assumes the credit risk of all trades centrally 
cleared and thus facilitates an efficient and orderly clearing and 
settlement function for the market.

Cash market clearing
The  CCP  supports  these  risk  management  activities  with  
collateral lodged by clearing participants and ASX funds in the clearing  
guarantee fund. These collateral and guarantee fund resources can 
be called upon if a clearing participant does not meet its obligation to 
finalise a trade that has been novated to the CCP. The main revenue 
driver is the value of equity securities centrally cleared.

Cash market settlement
Cash market settlement is conducted through the Clearing House 
Electronic Sub-register System (CHESS). This system registers the 
title (ownership) of shares. ASX’s model for cash market settlement 
maximises efficiency through the netting of settlement obligations in 
each individual security and the netting of all payment obligations, 
while minimising the risk of settlement failure. The main driver of 
settlement revenue is the number of settlement messages, which 
can be impacted by a number of variables including the level of 
transactions and the netting efficiency.

Results of operations 

Equity Post-Trade operating revenue was $108.4 million, up 3.5% 
reflecting:

 • Cash market clearing revenue up 4.9% to $54.4 million.  

This resulted from an increase in the value of trades centrally 
cleared in the market of 9.0%, as the total value traded in the 
market was higher. An average of $4.9 billion on-market value 
was centrally cleared each day by ASX Clear and no calls were 
made on the clearing guarantee fund in the current or prior 
year. Strong year-on-year activity resulted in a clearing revenue 
rebate of $2.5 million. No rebate was paid in the pcp 

 • Cash market settlement revenue up 2.1% to $54.0 million.  
The number of messages increased year-on-year, with the  
main message type 10.1% higher than the previous year.  
The settlement revenue rebate was $0.9 million compared  
to $0.6 million in the pcp.

Business strategies 

ASX is the sole provider of cash market clearing and settlement 
services to the Australian market. 

ASX’s Equity Post-Trade strategy is to innovate to improve the  
efficiency of clearing and settlement, so to allow our customers to 
offer new products and services to benefit issuers and investors. 

In December 2017, ASX announced it would replace the CHESS 
post-trade platform using distributed ledger technology. In 2018, 
the New Scope and Implementation Plan consultation paper set 
out the enhancements that ASX plans to deliver, which include new 
functional business requirements captured through the stakeholder 
working group process. The customer development environment 
(CDE) was opened at the end of April 2019. CDE supports early access 
development and low volume transaction and functional testing. 
The next milestone will be industry-wide testing, expected in July 
2020. Further details on this initiative are included on page 12.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

23

Operating and financial review continued

Risk

Like any business, ASX faces risks and uncertainties. Some come 
from outside the organisation, some from within. Some we can 
control by taking mitigating actions to reduce their impact and 
others we accept, as they provide attractive returns.

Risk management is a critical component of ASX’s day-to-day  
operations  and  our  ability  to  achieve  long-term  success.  
A concentrated focus on risk management reduces the risk of 
negative outcomes and increases the likelihood of ASX achieving 
its strategic and financial goals.

Our approach

Accountability for risk management is held at all levels across the 
organisation, from the Board, down through executive management, 
to individual team members. ASX believes embedding a culture of 
risk awareness is critical to ASX’s long-term success. ASX proactively 
engages employees on the understanding and importance of risk 
management. This includes the identification and management 
of current and emerging risks in their day-to-day activities and 
speaking up about any concerns they may have.

ASX has a Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement that describes the types of risk we encounter in our business, along with our  
tolerance for outcomes that impact on our customers, shareholders and the wider financial market community. Complementing this is a 
governance structure, commencing at the Board and flowing down through executive level management committees to individuals, which 
clearly articulates roles and responsibilities for managing risk within the organisation. This is underpinned by the 3 Lines of Defence risk 
management framework.

The table below describes ASX’s key risks and how we respond to them. 

How we are responding
 • We regularly engage with government, regulators and industry participants 
on market structure issues to promote the best industry-wide efficiency 
outcomes.

 • We constantly engage with our customers to seek feedback on the quality 
and value of our products and services, and continually look for ways to 
improve these.

 • We monitor the performance of individual products and services against 

those available elsewhere to support ASX's ability to deliver a strong value 
proposition.

 • We consider the impact of ASX-driven change on our customers.
 • We invest in technology enabling us to stay at the forefront of innovative 

products and services. 

 • We constantly engage with government on the future direction of policy 

impacting our business. 

 • We continue to build resilience into our business model through the  

diversification of revenue streams.

 • We have been growing those services that have annuity-style revenue 

streams. 

 • We have been focusing on enhancing our reputation as a listing venue  

with emphasis on both technology and foreign companies.

 • We continually look to introduce new domestic and international  

participants to our trading markets and clearing and settlement facilities.

Risk
Regulation,  
market structure 
and competition

The risk and its impact
ASX operates in highly regulated markets. 
Changes in regulations and/or market structure 
can impact on ASX or its customers and the  
environment in which we operate. 

Economic  
environment and 
market activity

Examples of how ASX’s business could be 
impacted include if: 
 • New competitors commenced operation in 

Australia 

 • Regulatory requirements were changed for 

certain important services 

 • ASX’s products or services did not meet industry 

expectations in terms of quality or value.

ASX’s business can be impacted by the level  
of market activity. Market activity levels are 
influenced by economic performance, government 
policy, and general financial market conditions in 
Australia and overseas. 

Slowing economic conditions or a lessening of 
general market volatility can lead to a reduction  
in activity and revenues.

Examples of how ASX’s business could be 
impacted if there was a slowdown in the 
Australian economy include: 
 • Fewer new listings
 • Less secondary capital raisings
 • Decline in the volume and value of  

equities traded

 • Slowdown of growth rates associated with  
data products and/or technical services. 

24 ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

Operating and financial review continued

Operational 
excellence

The resilience, continuity and quality of our  
operational processes are critical to our ability  
to operate. 

This risk arises when failures in our people, 
processes, systems or controls impact on the  
delivery of our products or services to our 
customers. 

The occurrence of such a failure may result in 
reduced customer service, the inability to provide 
services, reduced revenues, increased costs, fines 
or regulatory issues.

 • We have people, processes, systems and controls in place designed to meet 

our operational benchmarks.

 • We regularly assess how we can make improvements to the resilience and 

reliability of our operational processes. 

 • We regularly consider the effectiveness of our controls.
 • We monitor customer complaints for feedback on where we could improve 

performance.

 • We have business continuity plans that are regularly tested.
 • We have an incident management framework requiring that timely attention  

be paid to rectifying incidents as they occur.

 • We undertake resource planning and have staff training and retention 

programs.

Technology 
availability

ASX operates critically important financial market 
infrastructure which is expected to be open and 
available at all relevant business times. 

 • We regularly monitor our systems availability against targets and test to 

understand maximum throughput capacity.

 • We monitor the health of critical systems and have contingency plans in 

A risk to ASX arises where infrastructure and 
technology are unreliable and have slow  
recoverability. Issues that would heighten this 
risk are the prevalence of ageing infrastructure, 
systems or applications that are near their end  
of life, and a significant increase  
in cyber attack activity. 

The risk may result in reduced ability or an  
inability to deliver ASX’s trading, clearing and 
settlement services, reduced customer service, 
reduced revenues, unplanned remediation or 
replacement costs or further licence conditions.

This risk arises in our licensed clearing and  
settlement facilities when a participant fails  
to meet its contractual obligations to any of  
the facilities. 

Depending on the size and complexity of the 
defaulting counterparty, the default could  
lead to extremely volatile conditions in global 
financial markets. This, along with ASX’s default 
management strategy, will determine the size  
of any possible loss sustained by ASX. 

Financial losses may arise from investment  
decisions taken in relation to the management  
of collateral balances received from clearing  
and settlement activity, from the investment of 
ASX’s own capital, or the clearing and settlement 
facilities pre-funded default capital resources.

ASX also makes equity investments in support  
of its broader business objectives (e.g. Yieldbroker, 
Digital Asset, Sympli). 

place for disruptions.

 • We replace ageing technology in a phased and planned manner. Recent 

examples include the replacement of SYCOM with NTP, the announcement 
to replace CHESS with a DLT solution and upgrading our secondary  
data centre.

 • We constantly engage with our vendor partners who provide some of our 

critical systems and applications.

 • We have a regular disaster recovery testing program in place.
 • We have a cyber security strategy in place and continually look to improve 

our capability.

 • As part of our regulatory framework, ASX has the financial resources in 

place to withstand the concurrent default of our two largest participants 
under extreme market conditions.

 • We enforce minimum financial and operating criteria for participants.
 • We require participants to provide collateral in the form of initial margin, 

and to make regular, frequent and at least daily variation margin payments.

 • We hold pre-funded default risk financial resources.
 • We have technology and risk policies and procedures to constantly monitor 

and manage counterparty exposures.

 • We have default management strategies that are regularly fire-drilled.
 • We have recovery plans for extreme default scenarios.
 • We have investment limits in place under which ASX is required to invest its 

funds in highly rated counterparties, with short-term maturities.

 • We closely monitor financial markets activity, performance and sentiment 

to inform investment decisions.

 • We monitor the business strategy and financial performance of companies 
that we have invested in, and follow the prescribed accounting treatment in 
terms of impairment or loss recognition should that be necessary.

Counterparty  
default risk

Investment returns

Reputation and 
stakeholder 
confidence

The ongoing success of ASX is highly dependent 
on its reputation for trust, integrity and resilience 
in everything that we do. 

 • We aspire to be the world’s most respected financial marketplace.
 • Understanding the importance of our reputation and protecting it is at the 

centre of everything we do.

Reputation risk arises in a wide variety of  
situations, for example, where ASX is perceived  
to have not acted with integrity or failed to deliver 
resiliency in its activities. 

Any outcome that causes detriment to this  
reputation has the potential to damage ASX’s 
future business prospects through reduced 
business volumes or regulatory impact or 
intervention. 

 • ASX considers the possible reputation risk in all its business activities  

and decisions. 

 • We have refreshed our company values and focus on trustworthy 

behaviours.

 • We have regular and open engagement with customers and wider  

stakeholders to seek feedback on our performance.

 • We have regular interaction with our regulators and government at 

management, CEO and Board level to facilitate thorough coverage of issues.

 • We regularly engage with media so they understand the role ASX plays.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

25

Corporate responsibility and 
sustainability

26 ASX Annual Report 2019 Operating and financial review continued

Corporate responsibility and sustainability

Our corporate responsibility and 
sustainability approach

Our approach 
For ASX, sustainability is about taking steps today to ensure that 
our strong financial and operational performance and commitment 
to integrity continue into the future, and that we are prepared for 
the opportunities and challenges ahead. 

ASX’s vision is to be the world’s most respected financial marketplace. 
This requires balancing sustainable action with the pursuit of financial 
returns. To achieve this vision, ASX needs the trust and support of all 
its stakeholders and the wider Australian community. 

Trust and integrity 
The  level  of  trust  our  customers,  shareholders,  regulators,  
governments and the broader community have in ASX’s products, 
services and infrastructure is critical to our ability to support a 
stable and sustainable business. 

ASX earns the trust of its stakeholders by:

 • Providing products, services and infrastructure that are valued, 

robust and reliable

 • Making decisions that are fair, transparent and independent

 • Being accountable and acting with integrity at all times. 

Affirming, preserving and deepening that trust is the role of each 
ASX employee. 

Re-establishing the market's confidence in Australia’s bank bill  
swap  rate  (BBSW)  through  the  implementation  of  a  new,  
world-leading calculation methodology, is one example of how  
we  have  strengthened  the  integrity  of  Australia’s  financial  
markets in recent years. 

ASX implemented the new methodology with the cooperation  
of customers and regulators to revitalise this important interest 
rate benchmark.

Robust and resilient markets 
ASX provides services and infrastructure that are critical to the  
operation of Australia’s financial markets and economy. Ensuring 
their robustness and resilience, including the reliability of our 
systems to remain open despite external shocks, is key to creating 
long-term value for our customers and shareholders. This requires 
contemporary and capable technology, skilled and dedicated people, 
as well as having in place comprehensive, clear and communicated 
processes and policies to support the running of fair, orderly and 
transparent markets. 

Our  commitment  to  robustness  and  resilience  is  evident  by  
our continued investment to upgrade and evolve our technology 
infrastructure. Recent investments include the rollout of ASX’s new 
futures trading platform, the replacement of CHESS and a new 
secondary data centre. 

Risk management
Assessing our risk position for the short, medium and long-term 
is crucial to managing our business. We believe that our ability to 
deliver long-term value to all stakeholders is influenced by our risk 
management activities. ASX's risk management and internal control 
framework is tailored to reflect our business operations, so that we 
can identify, consider and manage risks as they arise. 

Over the  past two years, ASX  has  enhanced  our  clearing  risk  
management  tools  and  processes  as  part  of  the  Stronger  
Foundations program. This has included working constructively with our  
regulators.  These  improvements  strengthen  our  internal  risk  
management capability and help promote stability and confidence 
within Australia’s financial markets. 

Details of our material business risks and our response to them are 
set out in the Operating and Financial Review on pages 16 to 25. 

Corporate governance
Corporate  governance  is  a  broad-ranging term which,  among 
other  things,  encompasses  the  rules,  relationships,  policies, 
systems and processes whereby authority within organisations is  
exercised and maintained1. Delivering our stakeholders transparency 
and good governance is essential to the long-term sustainability  
of ASX. Well-executed corporate governance increases organisational  
accountability and drives company performance. Good corporate 
governance promotes shareholder confidence and is crucial for our 
ability to compete for capital.

See  page  32  to  learn  more  about  ASX’s  involvement  in  the  
development of the fourth edition of the ASX Corporate Governance 
Council's Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
released in February 2019. 

Our corporate responsibility and sustainability activities aim to: 

 • Create an engaged and supported workforce

 • Adopt responsible business practices

 • Build enduring trust, integrity and resilience in Australia's 

financial markets 

 • Minimise our impact on the environment.

We believe that ongoing assessment and management of our  
environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks have a meaningful 
impact on our ability to create long-term value for all stakeholders. 

Around the world, investors are increasingly focused on how companies 
manage their ESG activities and reporting. In meeting the evolving 
ESG environment, ASX is reviewing and refreshing its reporting 
approach. We look forward to updating you on this work in FY20. 

Our people

Achieving ASX’s vision to be the world’s most respected financial 
marketplace requires our employees to be accountable and to  
act with integrity. By investing in ASX’s workforce and employee 
experience we can enable our people to do and be their best. 

1 As defined by Australian Institute of Company Directors.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability

27

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

We do this by providing our people with: 

 • A strong set of values that guides behaviours and the way we 
interact with each other, our customers, regulators and other 
stakeholders

Management and the Board monitor ASX’s culture and employee 
behaviour through regular staff surveys and our performance review 
process. Results are reviewed by the Remuneration Committee of 
the Board.

 • An accountable culture that is inclusive and respectful of the 
customers we serve and the broader Australian community

Some of the key findings of the staff surveys undertaken in FY19 
included: 

 • The skills and capabilities required to execute our strategy now 

and in the future

 • An opportunity to develop and progress their careers and to 

contribute to our vision.

 • 80% of employees believe the BE values reflect what it means 

to work at ASX

 • 95% of employees are confident they know how to live the  

BE values

A values-based organisation 

ASX is committed to building an engaged, skilled and responsible 
workforce guided by our company values and focused on executing 
our strategy. To do this we:

 • Make clear the behaviours we expect of employees

 • Commit to protecting the confidentiality of employees who 

wish to raise matters concerning the integrity of ASX

 • Strive to create a diverse and inclusive workplace

 • Have a strategy to attract and retain talent through our  

remuneration practices and training and development programs

 • Provide a safe, enjoyable workplace and programs that support 

employee wellbeing. 

Values-driven behaviour 
ASX’s BE values articulate the types of behaviours and personal 
interactions we expect at ASX. They represent what we stand for 
as an organisation and help guide the actions and decision-making 
of our people. They are BE Open, BE Trustworthy, BE Original,  
BE The Example. 

Our BE values were developed collaboratively by management and 
staff, who were asked to describe what kind of company culture we 
have, as well as which behaviours were key to our long-term success. 

Our BE values are turned into actions through the behaviours 
mentioned in the graphic below and are celebrated through our 
BE Awards program. 

FOR THE BENEFIT OF OURSELVES,  
OUR CUSTOMERS AND THE MARKETS

 • 83% of employees see the BE values demonstrated in their teams.

Maintaining a high standard of integrity in our workforce and  
engendering trust among our stakeholders are central to our 
ability to operate successfully at the heart of Australia's financial  
marketplace. We work hard to instill and reinforce a culture of acting 
lawfully, ethically and responsibly.

ASX’s Code of Conduct, Anti-bribery and Corruption, and Whistle-
blower Protection policies set out the conduct we expect of our 
staff to meet our standards and those of our stakeholders and the 
broader Australian community. They are available on ASX’s website. 

Code of Conduct 
ASX has a Code of Conduct underpinned by our values. The Code 
of Conduct applies to all our people, including directors, employees 
and contractors. It sets the standards for how we work at ASX 
and outlines the importance of our values to anyone dealing with 
ASX. The Code requires our people to act in a way that is guided 
by ASX’s values – including acting in the best interests of ASX and 
with honesty, integrity and fairness.

Anti-bribery and corruption 
ASX’s Anti-bribery and Corruption policy states our requirements 
for the management of gifts and benefits. It requires employees 
to report all gifts above a specified threshold. The Audit and Risk 
Committee receives periodic reports on these disclosures.

To enhance our position of trust and independence, during the annual 
review of this policy in FY19 the threshold for declaring gifts was 
lowered from $200 to $100. In addition, gifts over $400 are now 
prohibited unless approved by the CEO. 

Open
 • Create transparency
 • Welcome new ideas 
 • Seek input
 • Promote diversity

Original
 • Act with integrity
 • Take responsibility 
 • Say what you mean
 • Do what you say

Trustworthy 
 • Embrace change
 • Think deeply and broadly
 • Be curious
 • Fuel innovation

The Example
 • Own it
 • Speak up
 • Do your best
 • Enjoy yourself

28 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Whistleblower Protection policy
ASX’s Whistleblower Protection policy supports employees who 
report non-compliant, suspicious or unethical conduct. It formalises 
ASX’s commitment to protecting the confidentiality and position 
of employees who wish to raise matters concerning the integrity 
of ASX.

The FY19 review concluded that there was no systematic pay 
gap between male or female employees performing the same 
roles. While this is a positive outcome overall, there are always  
individual cases where this is not true and ASX identified a few men 
and women in this category. These gaps were closed in the 2019 
remuneration review. 

During FY19, this policy was updated to reflect proposed new  
legislation, with the remaining changes to be implemented in FY20.

Training
ASX requires staff to complete regular training and attest to their 
understanding of, and compliance with, ASX’s policies including the 
Code of Conduct and Anti-bribery and Corruption policy. 

During FY19, over 2,500 hours of mandatory e-learning modules 
were undertaken. Topics assessed included:

 • Code of Conduct* 

 • Conflicts*

 • Licence to operate

 • Data breach

 • Workplace diversity and inclusion

 • Workplace health and safety.

*Included material relating to gifts and entertainment/anti-bribery 
and whistleblowing.

In addition to undertaking training, ASX's Executive team and 
General Managers are required to provide a 'policy adherence' 
attestation in areas including ASX's Code of Conduct, Conflicts 
Handling, Group Dealing Rules, Use of Social Media and Internet 
and Email Use.

A diverse and inclusive work environment 

ASX knows that a diverse and inclusive work environment improves 
performance.

We support a workplace where employees have equal access to 
career opportunities, training and benefits. We treat employees 
fairly and respectfully and ensure they are not judged by their 
gender, age, ethnicity, race, cultural background, religion, sexual 
orientation, disability or caring responsibilities.

Our focus on gender equality
We promote gender equality as a priority. 

ASX was again recognised as an Employer of Choice for Gender 
Equality by the Australian Government's Workplace Gender Equality 
Agency (WGEA), a citation we have held since 2014. 

We have a target of 40% female representation for all management 
levels. ASX is working towards achieving this target, with an overall 
representation of females in management of 39% at 30 June 2019. 

ASX reviews the pay of employees each year to ensure that males 
and females are paid equitably. 

The issue of gender pay is a part of a larger challenge to achieve  
true  diversity  within  our  organisation.  To  encourage  greater 
representation of women at all levels in the organisation, we:

 • Set gender diversity targets. Achievement against the targets is 

monitored by the Remuneration Committee 

 • Require gender-balanced shortlists when recruiting all roles

 • Embed gender equality targets as part of an executive’s balanced 
score card and review the executive’s achievement against these 
targets when determining their short-term incentive 

 • Undertake annual pay equity reviews and make adjustments 

where a gap is identified

 • Participate in the Chief Executive Women Leaders Program that 

provides individual coaching for participants

 • Support Male Champions of Change

 • Support ASX's Our Women's Network, an employee-led 

networking group that champions equal opportunities and 
representation in the workforce.

The following table illustrates ASX’s gender diversity at various 
levels within the organisation as at 30 June 2019.

Reporting 

Diversity % of women

On the Board

Executive committee roles

Management executive roles

Management/team leader roles

Total % of women in  
management position roles
Professional/technical roles

Administrative roles

Across the entire organisation

Target

FY19

FY18

40% 

40%

40%

40%

40%

40%

50%

40%

30%

29%

42%

39%

39%

38%

79%

41%

33% 

21%

46%

42%

41%

41%

83%

44%

Supporting working families
ASX  implements  gender-neutral  policies  to  help  build  an  
inclusive workplace, such as offering flexible working conditions 
to allow employees to balance their work and personal lives. We 
enable employees to change their work hours and place of work, 
set up a job share arrangement, take career breaks and parental 
leave, or purchase additional leave.

In FY19, 80% of employees said they had the flexibility to balance 
work life responsibilities.

ASX’s  parental  leave  policy  provides  16 weeks’  paid  leave for 
primary carers and four weeks’ paid leave for secondary carers. 
Superannuation contributions foregone during unpaid parental 
leave are paid as a one-time contribution on return to work up to 
a maximum of 36 weeks.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

29

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

In FY19, two-thirds of the employees who took parental leave were 
female and one third were male. Graduated return to work options 
are available to support employees’ transition back to the workplace. 

ASX’s FY19 lost-time injury frequency rate (the number of lost time 
injuries per one million hours worked) was very low at less than 
0.04. This is in line with FY18.

Attracting and retaining talent
We continue to evolve our offerings to employees to ensure we 
attract and retain high performing professionals. In addition to 
remuneration, we offer flexible working arrangements, learning, 
development and leadership training, a wide range of employee 
benefits, and opportunities for employees to contribute to their 
broader community. 

ASX’s market competitiveness as an employer was tested through-
out the year as we recruited for a diverse range of roles. Pleasingly, 
the strength of our brand and the opportunity to work on industry- 
leading projects continues to sustain our ability to attract talented 
employees, particularly in the competitive technology sector. 

Remuneration
ASX employees receive a competitive fixed remuneration package. 
Subject to performance, employees also participate in a Short-
Term  Incentive  Plan  that  rewards  individual  behaviours  and  
performance with ASX shares and/or cash, depending on the role. 
Details about our remuneration practices and policies are included 
in the Remuneration Report on pages 48 to 62.

ASX provides the opportunity for all employees to be shareholders. 
During the year, ASX employees had the opportunity to acquire ASX 
shares under a $1,000 General Employee Share Plan. In FY19, this 
offer was accepted by 60% of staff.

Learning and development
We  believe  that  our  long-term  sustainability  is  supported  by  
high performing individuals who seek to improve their skills and 
performance. ASX offers learning and development programs  
at all levels of the organisation to help staff advance their skills  
and careers.

Over the last three years, ASX has taken a neuroleadership approach 
to personal and leadership development. In FY19, we provided 
opportunities for 58 leaders, approximately 10% of the workforce, to 
participate in three programs, which are aligned with ASX’s values 
and designed to positively influence our culture. 

ASX  also  participates  in  the  Chief  Executive Women  Leaders 
Program, which provides development and networking opportunities 
and individual coaching for participants. In FY19, two participants 
completed the program, taking our overall participation in the 
program to 43 since its inception in 2006.

Safety
ASX is committed to the health and safety of all employees, visitors 
and contractors. Employees are encouraged to identify and address 
potential causes of workplace risk, injury and illness. The Audit and 
Risk Committee receives quarterly updates on ASX’s compliance 
with workplace health and safety (WHS) laws. 

Our WHS performance was audited in FY19 by an independent third 
party, with no adverse findings. ASX's management commitment, 
continual improvement and wellbeing were acknowledged as good 
practices. 

Prevention of harassment and discrimination
ASX  works  to  prevent  discrimination  and  harassment  in  the  
workplace through education and awareness. Each year, employees 
must complete regular online training and assessments. 

Employee-led networking groups
Employee-led networking groups (ENG) are developed, chaired 
and run by employees. Each group raises awareness and provides 
education for ASX employees. 

There are two ENGs currently:

 • Our Women’s Network (OWN) champions equal opportunities 

and representation in the workforce. This group has been 
instrumental in securing ASX's accreditation as an Employee  
of Choice for Gender Equality 

 • The Culture and Heritage group, formed in FY19, celebrates and 
promotes the diversity of ASX by encouraging employees to tell 
their personal stories, share their heritage and history at work, 
and celebrate diverse cultural events.

A third ENG is soon to be established focused on ASX’s community 
engagement and giving activities.

ASX supports the development of these groups through:

 • The provision of resources and guidance on the governance, 

structure and goals of the group

 • Financial support to enable events, communication and raising 

awareness of the aims of the ENG

 • Executive sponsorship to advocate for the ENG and provide 

mentorship to ENG leaders.

Charitable giving
ASX understands that the engagement of our employees can  
be  strengthened  by  helping them  support their  communities.  
ASX encourages its employees to make donations to their chosen 
charities through a workplace giving program, with ASX matching 
the donations. In FY19, the workforce giving program was utilised 
by 10% of the ASX workforce. 

Wellbeing
ASX has a wellbeing program to support employees balance their 
work, personal and family life. Wellness programs are designed to 
improve the physical or mental health of our employees, which in 
turn strengthens their resilience as employees. We offer subsidised 
activities such as yoga, pilates, meditation, lunchtime sport and a 
walking club. 

Our workforce

We recognise that balancing costs and productivity influences 
employee  workloads  and  motivation  levels,  as  well  as  the  
ability for management to operate the business and pursue growth 
opportunities. 

30 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

In  FY19,  our  permanent  workforce  grew  17%  as  we  added 
resources  in  the  areas  of  change  and  risk  management,  IT  
engineering and infrastructure, customer service, compliance, data 
analytics and business development. These resources have been 
deployed across the business allowing the execution of a range of 
technology enhancements and growth opportunities. 

ASX also augmented our project delivery capability with an uplift in 
contractors, which now stands at approximately 7% of the permanent 
workforce. Strategic partnerships with technology consulting firms 
further enhanced the skills and capabilities of the organisation.

FY19  voluntary  turnover  remained  consistent  with  the  
previous year at 12%, which is slightly below the diversified financials  
industry average of 13% as measured by the Australian-based 
Financial Institutions Remuneration Group. 

Voluntary turnover is at a level that allows workforce stability while 
enabling ASX to introduce new skills and talent. 

Having the right resources in place is also an important factor 
to build an engaged workforce. In FY19 we saw an increase in 
the number of our workforce who were born between 1980 and 
1995. This group is often described as Millennials. The increase is  
consistent with the technology-led aspect of our strategy. 

The below chart outlines the demographic split of the organisation as at 30 June 2019. 

48.8

40.8

45.6

43.7

l

s
e
e
y
o
p
m
e
f
o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

9.2

8.0

1.2

2.7

FY18

FY19

Baby Boomers
(1945-1964)

Gen X
(1965-1979)

Millennials
(1980-1995)

Gen Z
(1996-)

ASX in the community

Volunteering
ASX provides opportunities for employees to volunteer in their local 
community. This may be through the choice of the employee or via 
organised ASX volunteer days. 

One  of the ASX-organised volunteer  days  in  FY19 was  at the 
Exodus Foundation, which included preparing and serving food and  
beverages, creating emergency food parcels, and cleaning for  
disadvantaged  and  homeless  people  at  the  Ashfield  Mission.  
Another, was at Hammond Care, where ASX volunteers visited 
dementia patients and helped with gardening, mulching and painting.

Fundraising
Throughout the year, ASX held a range of fundraising activities,  
bringing  together  employees  from  all  areas  of  the  business.  
The activities provide financial support for organisations aligned 
to the values  of  our  employees, while  also  raising  awareness  
about issues that impact on their lives. In 2019, we hosted the 
Biggest Morning Tea and Loud Shirt Day on behalf of the Cancer 
Council and the Shepherd Centre. These are two organisations that 
have helped our employees, their friends and families significantly.

From  left  to  right:  Lisa  Banh  (ASX),  Phil  Burge  (Cancer  Council),  Dan 
Chesterman (ASX), Tim Hogben (ASX), Radim Zajicek (ASX), Angela Moffatt 
(Shepherd Centre), Hannah Phillips (Shepherd Centre) and Elly Unicomb 
(Shepherd Centre).

From left to right: Christopher Noone, Andrew McLeod, Ben Jackson, Sanjay 
Mistry, Christina D’Amico, Renee Service, Nehali Dani and Michelle Wang.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

31

 
 
 
 
Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

ASX in our industry

Good governance is a significant driver of shareholder value. ASX 
is committed to maintaining and promoting high standards of 
corporate governance for ourselves and for the 2,200 plus entities 
listed on our exchange. 

Leadership in corporate governance 
ASX convenes the ASX Corporate Governance Council. The Council was 
established in 2002 and is an independent body that brings together  
various business, shareholder and industry groups. ASX nominates  
the  Chair  (currently  Elizabeth  Johnstone),  contributes  one  
member to the Council and provides executive support.

ASX 
Corporate 
Governance 
Council

FINANCIAL
SERVICES
COUNCIL

New edition of the Corporate 
Governance Principles
The ASX Corporate Governance Council's Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations were introduced in 2003. 
A second edition was published in 2007 and a third in 2014. 

In February 2019, the Council released a fourth edition of  
the Principles and Recommendations to ensure they continue 
to reflect local and international expectations about good  
corporate governance. The new edition included changes to  
address  culture  and  values 
issues,  and  expanded  
recommendations and commentary on gender diversity and 
environmental and social risks, especially risks associated 
with climate change.

Sustainable Stock Exchanges initiative
ASX is a partner exchange in the United Nations’ Sustainable 
Stock Exchange (SSE) initiative. The SSE is a peer-to-peer learning  
platform  for  exploring  how  exchanges,  in  collaboration  with  
investors,  regulators  and  companies,  can  enhance  corporate  
transparency on ESG issues and encourage sustainable development.

ASX proudly supports International Women’s Day by participating 
in SSE’s global ‘ringing the bell for gender equality’ initiative. For 
the fifth year in a row, ASX was the first of the 75 participating 
exchanges to ring the bell in celebration of International Women’s 
Day. The bell ringing took place at an event hosted by ASX and 100 
Women in Finance, Sydney branch, which brought together senior 
female leaders in the investment management industry to share 
their experiences and advice with future leaders.

The ASX Corporate Governance Council publishes a principles-based 
framework for corporate governance practices – the Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations – that serves as a 
relevant and practical guide for listed entities, investors and the 
wider Australian community.

ASX’s listing rules require that listed entities disclose the extent to 
which they have followed the recommendations set by the Council 
during the relevant reporting period. Where companies have not 
followed a recommendation, they must provide an explanation  
(‘if not, why not’ reporting). These reporting requirements bring 
transparency to the  corporate  governance  practices  of  listed  
companies which in turn enables investors to make informed  
investment decisions.

From left to right: Alicia Vidler and Louise Walker, co-chairs of the Sydney  
Committee for 100 Women in Finance, ringing the bell for International 
Women’s Day 2019.

32 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

 
Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Responsible and ethical business 
practices

Fraud and security 
Across the global financial services industry, fraud-related incidents 
and cyber attacks are on the rise. At ASX, our dedicated information 
security and risk team proactively monitor, manage and mitigate 
these threats. 

ASX employs a range of risk-based security controls and procedures, 
as well as prevention strategies. These activities occur at various 
levels throughout the organisation. 

As a market operator and provider of clearing and settlement  
facilities, ASX is subject to the risk of fraud – either internally by staff 
or externally by third parties targeting customers using ASX’s name 
or infrastructure. To mitigate these risks we have fraud prevention 
and detection procedures in place. 

Our fraud control framework enables executive management and 
business units to prevent, detect and respond to potential fraud. 
The framework is a combination of embedded fraud controls and 
general staff awareness, supported by regular business unit and 
independent fraud risk assessment. 

Supporting ASX’s efforts are our employees, who are given training 
and support to actively help mitigate the impact of cyber crime, 
particularly in relation to phishing emails and ransomware attacks. 

Employee-focused activities undertaken in FY19 included: 

 • Workshops on how to identify phishing emails 

 • Quarterly emails reminding employees what to look for 

 • Simulation-based face-to-face training 

 • Induction training for new employees.

Taxation 

Taxation is an important component of our corporate responsibility 
and enterprise risk management framework. 

We  adopt  a  low  risk  tax  strategy  with  our  activities  and  tax  
compliance obligations, and apply the following principles:

ASX’s Tax Transparency Report is released to the market at the time 
of its Annual Report and published on ASX’s website. The report 
provides further detail on our approach to tax and discloses the 
amount of income tax paid. ASX’s total tax contribution in FY19 
was $335.5 million.

Our suppliers 

ASX aims to partner with suppliers that share our ESG standards. 
We are committed to fostering responsible practices in our supply 
chain, while ensuring that our sourcing and supplier relationships 
deliver value. 

Material suppliers must comply with ASX’s Supplier Code of Conduct, 
which includes minimum expectations across key ESG areas. These 
expectations include:

 • Compliance with all relevant laws and regulations relating  
to bribery and corruption, workplace health and safety,  
environmental management, employment practices,  
diversity and regulatory requirements 

 • Be an Equal Employment Opportunity employer providing fair 
pay and working conditions for employees, and not use forced, 
bonded or involuntary labour

 • Regular, public reporting of environmental measures

 • Have a business continuity plan that is maintained and tested 

to minimise business impacts in the event of a major disruption. 

ASX reserves the right to carry out assessments of the practices of 
our suppliers to ensure alignment with this Code. 

All material procurement tenders incorporate an ESG assessment. 
This reduces third party risk by requiring that minimum ESG practices 
are in place and it supports ASX’s ability to partner with suppliers 
who actively pursue responsible supply chain practices. 

As part of our Stronger Foundations initiative, ASX has begun  
a program to update and enhance its supply chain management  
policies  and  processes.  Expected  to  be  completed  in  FY20,  
this work will reflect the Board and management’s principle to 
respect human rights across all of ASX’s operations, including its 
supply chain. This work will also enable ASX to meet the reporting 
requirements of the Australian Government’s Modern Slavery Act 
in 2020. 

 • Meet all taxation obligations in accordance with applicable 

legislation and requirements

Recognition 

 • Adopt a conservative approach in the interpretation of applicable 

taxation legislation

 • Seek professional tax advice or a tax ruling from the Australian 

Tax Office in circumstances where the potential taxation 
outcome is uncertain

 • Do not enter into transactions or structures with the primary 

objective of reducing tax liabilities.

ASX  has  been  independently  assessed 
according to the FTSE4Good criteria, and 
has satisfied the requirements to become a 
constituent of the FTSE4Good Index Series. 
The FTSE4Good Index Series is designed 
to measure the performance of companies 
demonstrating strong Environmental, Social 
and Governance (ESG) practices.    

ASX is a signatory to the voluntary Tax Transparency Code issued 
by the Australian Government Board of Taxation. 

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

33

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Supporting the transition to a low carbon economy 
ASX helps to play a role in the smooth and orderly transition to a 
low carbon economy. We are committed to providing a marketplace 
with a framework that enables companies to consider and disclose 
their material risks adequately (including to climate change) and 
which allows investors to make informed decisions about where 
to allocate funds and build wealth for the long-term. 

ASX  supports  companies  that  identify  climate  change  as  
a material risk by endorsing best practice disclosure. Through 
the  framework  of  the  fourth  edition  of  the  ASX  Corporate 
Governance  Council's  Corporate  Governance  Principles  and  
Recommendations,  ASX  encourages  companies  to  report  
material risks using the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosure.  The  framework  provides  useful  guidance  to  help  
listed  entities  produce  information  for  investors  and  other  
stakeholders  to  assess  and  price  climate-related  risks  and 
opportunities. 

FY19 environmental outcomes
ASX’s electricity and paper usage outcomes are set out below:

Electricity and paper usage
Electricity GHG1 emission (excluding 
ASX’s data centre hosting) per 
$1,000 of revenue generated  
(in t CO2-e2)
Paper usage (excluding CHESS  
statements and notifications)  
by headcount (tonnes)
1 Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.
2 Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.

FY18

FY19

Change from 
prior year

0.0099 0.0097

(2)%

0.0121 0.0125

3%

Conflict and compliance handling 
arrangements

Managing conflicts of interest
ASX has well-established arrangements to address the potential 
for actual and perceived conflicts. These include: 

 • Governance arrangements, including for ASX’s self-listing 

 • Customers, competitor and supplier arrangements

 - licence obligations (including the ‘review party’ framework) 

 - information handling standards.

Arrangements are also in place for handling competitively sensitive 
information about other market operators that use services provided 
by ASX’s clearing and settlement facilities. ASIC is ASX’s listing 
authority and monitors ASX’s own compliance with the listing rules. 

ASX has an enterprise compliance function whose responsibilities 
include reviewing ASX’s compliance with our conflict and information 
handling standards and reporting on these matters to the Audit 
and Risk Committee. 

Compliance and enforcement arrangements 
ASX Group licensed entities have arrangements for monitoring and 
enforcing compliance by listed entities and participants with ASX’s 
operating rules, and for handling conflicts between the licensed 
entities’ commercial interests and their licence responsibilities. 

ASX’s conflict handling arrangements are set out in our conflict 
handling policy which is available on our website.

ASX’s Audit and Risk Committee and the boards of ASX licensed 
entities have oversight of the performance of these functions.

Environment

ASX is committed to minimising its own environmental footprint and 
supporting a smooth and orderly transition to a low carbon economy.

Climate change
As a technology-based services and infrastructure company, ASX 
is not materially exposed to direct climate change risks. 

We are a diverse, customer-orientated organisation offering a 
range of activities that include the issuance, trading, clearing and 
settlement of equity, debt, futures and other derivative instruments, 
as well as the provision of technical and data services. 

ASX’s  equity  market  has  over  2,200  listed  companies  that  
participate  in  a wide-range  of  activities throughout Australia 
and across the world. The aggregate mix of activities undertaken  
by listed companies is continually changing as economic forces 
influence a company’s ability to attract capital and the preparedness 
of investors to take on risk and outlay funds. 

Like other companies, ASX is exposed to the risk of changes in 
regulatory pricing related to climate change. For example, increases 
in electricity costs. However, our view is that these risks are not 
material to ASX. 

34 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

 
Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Electricity usage
ASX’s total electricity consumption increased by 5% in FY19 and 
decreased 2% relative to revenue.

More than half of ASX’s energy usage is in the Australian Liquidity 
Centre (ALC), ASX’s primary data centre. 

The ALC is a state-of-the-art facility, offering customers productivity  
efficiencies by having their data centre operations co-located  
with ASX. 

Growth in this business (and its energy consumption) reflects 
the ALC’s position as the premier financial markets ecosystem in 
Australia. The number of IT cabinets hosted in the ALC has grown 
from 117 to 301 in the last five years. 

While ALC's energy consumption has increased as the business  
has grown, ASX believes that co-location results in a net reduction  
overall  in  energy  usage  by  the  Australian  financial  services 
industry when compared to customers each having their own  
data centre.

ASX has processes in place so that if there is a disruption to the 
supply of electricity to our sites (including to our data centres) there 
will be no service disruption to our customers. The infrastructure 
that supports ASX’s data centres incorporates uninterruptible power 
supply systems, which provide ongoing electricity in the event of a 
loss of power from the grid. ASX’s business continuity management 
plans outline how we maintain operations in such circumstances. 
These plans are reviewed periodically. 

Paper usage
ASX’s paper usage is carbon neutral and by headcount (excluding 
CHESS statements and notifications) increased by 3% in FY19. 

ASX  management  continues  to  reduce  paper  usage  in  our  
business and we encourage our shareholders to receive electronic  
communications instead of hardcopy communications via the post.

Environmental reporting

Environmental impact
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 
Scope 1 – diesel and gas

Scope 2 – electricity

GHG emissions by activity
Scope 1 – diesel and gas combustion

Scope 2 – electricity (data centre hosting)
– electricity (remainder of ASX’s business)

Scope 3 – travel (business travel and commuting) 
– paper usage (office)2
– paper usage (CHESS statements and notifications)2

Paper usage
Office use

Unit
t CO2-e1
t CO2-e

Unit
t CO2-e

t CO2-e

t CO2-e
t CO2-e
t CO2-e

Unit
tonnes

CHESS statements and notifications
1 Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.
2 GHG emissions reported are inclusive of carbon offset. ASX commenced using 100% carbon neutral paper in 2015. 

tonnes

75

2016
11

2017
48

2018
52

2019
3

14,435 

14,262 

14,330 

15,065 

2016
14

10,105
4,332

1,021
02
02

2016
7.35

2017
48

9,983
4,279

613
0
0

2017
6.82

74

2018
52

10,030
4,299

660
0
0

2018
6.80

79

2019
3

10,545
4,520

758
0
0

2019
8.12

77

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

35

Corporate governance

Corporate governance

Directors (from left to right): Melinda Conrad, Damian Roche, Yasmin Allen, Ken Henry, Dominic Stevens (CEO), Peter Marriott, Rick Holliday-Smith (Chairman), 
Peter Warne, Heather Ridout and Peter Nash.

ASX Limited Board 

Rick Holliday-Smith 
Independent, Non-Executive Chairman 
BA (Hons), FAICD

Rick Holliday-Smith has served as Chairman of ASX since March 
2012 and as a director since July 2006. He was previously Chairman 
of SFE Corporation Limited from 1998 until 2006. 

Mr Holliday-Smith is Chairman of the Nomination Committee and the 
intermediate holding companies of the ASX clearing and settlement 
facility licensees. He is also a member of the Audit and Risk, and 
Remuneration Committees.

Mr Holliday-Smith has global executive and leadership experience 
in capital markets and derivatives, and a background in venture 
capital activities. 

His previous roles include CEO of futures and options trading firm 
Chicago Research and Trading (CRT), President responsible for global 
trading and sales at Nations Bank-CRT (a predecessor of Bank of 
America), both based in Chicago, and Managing Director of Hong 
Kong Bank Limited (a wholly owned merchant banking subsidiary 
of HSBC Bank) based in London.

Mr Holliday-Smith was appointed Chairman of Cochlear Limited in 
July 2010, having joined the Board in March 2005. He has been a 
director of Servcorp Limited since October 1999 and is a Member 
of the Macquarie University Faculty of Business and Economics 
Advisory Board.

Dominic Stevens 
Managing Director and CEO, Executive Director 
BCom (Hons)

Dominic Stevens was appointed Managing Director and Chief 
Executive  Officer  (CEO)  of  ASX  in  August  2016.  He  was  an  
independent non-executive director of ASX from December 2013 
until his appointment as CEO.

Mr Stevens is a director of the ASX clearing and settlement licensees 
and their intermediate holding companies.

Mr Stevens has over 30 years’ experience in financial markets. He 
was CEO of Challenger Limited from 2008 to 2012, before which he 
was the company’s Deputy CEO and head of capital, risk and strategy.

Prior to Challenger, he held senior positions during a long career 
at Bankers Trust Australia, where he had responsibility for the 
Australian  derivatives  and the  global  metals  and  agricultural 
commodity derivatives businesses. 

Mr Stevens is also a director of the Murdoch Children’s Research 
Institute.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance

37

Corporate governance continued

Yasmin Allen
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BCom, FAICD

Dr Ken Henry AC
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BCom (Hons), PhD, DB h.c, FASSA

Yasmin Allen was appointed a director of ASX in February 2015. 
She is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Ken Henry was appointed a director of ASX in February 2013. He 
is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Ms Allen is also a director of ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Limited and 
Austraclear Limited, the ASX clearing and settlement licensees for 
Australia’s derivatives, OTC and debt markets, and their intermediate 
holding companies.

Ms Allen has extensive financial services, strategy and corporate 
governance experience, gained during a career of over 20 years in 
finance and investment banking.

She was formerly a vice president at Deutsche Bank, a director at 
ANZ Investment Bank and an associate director at HSBC Group.

Ms Allen was appointed a director of Cochlear Limited in August 
2010 and Santos Limited in October 2014. Ms Allen’s previous 
appointments include director of Insurance Australia Group Limited 
between November 2004 and September 2015.

Ms Allen is also Chair of Advance, a director of the George Institute 
for Global Health and the National Portrait Gallery, and Acting 
President of the Australian Government Takeovers Panel.

Dr Henry is a director of ASX Clear Pty Limited and ASX Settlement 
Pty Limited, the ASX clearing and settlement licensees for Australia’s 
equity markets, and their intermediate holding companies. 

Dr Henry has extensive experience as an economist in Australia and 
overseas, and has worked as a senior policy adviser to successive 
Australian governments.

Dr Henry served as the Secretary of the Federal Department of 
the Treasury from 2001 to 2011. He is Chairman of the Sir Roland 
Wilson Foundation at the Australian National University, Governor 
of the Committee for Economic Development of Australia, and a 
member of the Advisory Board of the John Grill Centre for Project 
Leadership at the University of Sydney.

Dr Henry has been Chairman of National Australia Bank Limited 
since December 2015, having joined the Board in November 2011. 
He has announced his intention to retire as Chairman this year.

Melinda Conrad
Independent, Non-Executive Director 
MBA, FAICD

Peter Marriott
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BEc (Hons), FCA, MAICD

Melinda Conrad was appointed a director of ASX in August 2016.

Peter Marriott was appointed a director of ASX and Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee in July 2009.

She has over 20 years’ experience in business strategy and marketing, 
and brings skills and insights as an executive and director from a 
range of industries, including retail, financial services and healthcare.

He is a director of each ASX clearing and settlement facility licensee 
and their intermediate holding companies.

Ms Conrad has been a strategy and marketing adviser, an executive 
with Colgate-Palmolive, and founded and managed a retail business.

Mr Marriott has spent over 30 years in senior management roles 
in the finance industry, spanning international banking, finance 
and auditing.

She was appointed a director of Stockland Corporation Limited and 
Stockland Trust in May 2018 and Caltex Australia Limited in March 
2017. Ms Conrad’s previous appointments include director of OFX 
Group Limited between September 2013 and September 2018, David 
Jones Limited between July 2013 and August 2014, APN News and 
Media Limited between January 2012 and February 2013, and Reject 
Shop Limited between August 2011 and June 2017.

Ms Conrad is also a director of the Centre for Independent Studies 
and the  George  Institute  for  Global  Health,  and  a  member  of  
the ASIC Director Advisory Panel and the AICD Corporate Governance 
Committee.

Mr Marriott was Chief Financial Officer of Australia and New Zealand 
Banking Group Limited (ANZ) from 1997 to May 2012. He also spent 
two years as Group Head of Risk Management. Prior to his career 
at ANZ, he was a partner of KPMG Peat Marwick specialising in the 
banking and finance, and information technology sectors.

Mr  Marriott  was  appointed  a  director  of  Westpac  Banking 
Corporation in June 2013. He is a member of the Council of Monash 
University and is Chairman of the Resources and Finance Committee 
of the Monash University Council.

38 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

Corporate governance continued

Peter Nash
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BCom, FCA, F Fin

Damian Roche
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BCom

Peter Nash was appointed a director of ASX on 19 June 2019.

Damian Roche was appointed a director of ASX in August 2014. 

Mr Nash was a Senior Partner with KPMG until September 2017, 
having been admitted to the partnership in 1993. Mr Nash served 
as National Chairman of KPMG Australia from 2011 until August 
2017. In this role, he also served as a member of the Global Board of 
KPMG and was the Chair of KPMG’s Global Investment Committee. 

Mr  Nash  is  Chairman  of  Johns  Lyng  Group  Limited  and  a  
non-executive director of Westpac Banking Corporation and Mirvac 
Group Limited. He is a board member of Reconciliation Australia, 
Koorie Heritage Trust, Migration Council Australia and Golf Victoria.

Mr Nash’s previous appointments include member of the Business 
Council of Australia and member of its Economic and Regulatory 
Committee.

Mr Roche is also Chairman of ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Limited and 
a director of Austraclear Limited, the ASX clearing and settlement 
licensees for Australia’s derivatives, OTC and debt markets, and 
their intermediate holding companies.

Mr Roche has 20 years’ experience in global investment banks, with 
extensive asset class expertise spanning the equities, fixed income 
and commodities markets, with a specific focus on the Asia Pacific 
region, including Australia.

Mr Roche was a member of the global Corporate and Investment 
Bank Operating Committee for J.P. Morgan. His most recent role at 
the bank was as Head of Markets and Investor Services, Sales and 
Distribution for Asia Pacific, based in Hong Kong.

Mr Roche is a director of the Kaldor Public Arts Projects and HRL 
Morrison & Co Limited.

Heather Ridout AO
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BEc (Hons)

Peter Warne
Independent, Non-Executive Director
BA, FAICD

Heather Ridout was appointed a director of ASX in August 2012. 

Mrs Ridout is also Chair of the Remuneration Committee and a 
member of the Nomination Committee.

Mrs Ridout is a company director with a long history as a leading 
figure in the public policy debate in Australia. She was formerly 
Chief Executive of the Australian Industry Group, a major national 
employer organisation representing a cross-section of industry 
including manufacturing, construction, defence, ICT and labour 
hire, until April 2012.

Mrs Ridout was appointed Chair of the AustralianSuper Trustee 
Board in May 2013, having joined the Board in 2007. She has also 
been a director of Sims Metal Management Limited since September 
2011 and a director of the Australian Chamber Orchestra since 
December 2012. Mrs Ridout was appointed a director of AustCyber, 
the Australian Cyber Security Growth Network, in July 2017.

Mrs Ridout is a member of the ASIC External Advisory Panel.

Mrs  Ridout’s  previous  appointments  include  member  of  the 
Board of the Reserve Bank of Australia from February 2012 until 
February 2017, Infrastructure Australia, the Australian Workforce 
and Productivity Agency, the Henry Tax Review panel, the Climate  
Change  Authority  and  the  Prime  Minister’s  Taskforce  on 
Manufacturing.

Peter Warne was appointed a director of ASX in July 2006. He 
was previously a director of SFE Corporation Limited from 2000 
to 2006. He is also a member of the Audit and Risk, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees. Mr Warne is also Chairman of 
Austraclear Limited and a director of ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Limited, 
the ASX clearing and settlement licensees for Australia’s derivatives, 
OTC and debt markets, and their intermediate holding companies.

Mr Warne has over 30 years’ experience in financial markets and 
brings a deep practical and technical understanding of debt, equities 
and derivatives markets, and risk management.

Mr  Warne  is  a  director  of  Securities  Exchanges  Guarantee 
Corporation, NSW Treasury Corporation and Allens. He is also a 
member of the ASIC External Advisory Panel.

Mr Warne has been Chairman of Macquarie Group Limited and 
Macquarie Bank Limited since April 2016, having served as a director 
since July 2007.

Mr Warne’s previous appointments include Chairman of OFX Group 
Limited (formerly OzForex Group) between September 2013 and 
November 2016, Chairman of Australian Leisure and Entertainment 
Property Management Limited between September 2003 and May 
2017, Deputy Chairman of Crowe Horwath Australasia Limited 
between May 2007 and January 2014, and Adjunct Professor at 
the University of Sydney Business School between November 2011 
and November 2014.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

39

Corporate governance continued

ASX is committed to maintaining and promoting high standards  
of  corporate  governance.  By  corporate  governance we  mean 
our  structures for  accountability  and the framework  of  rules,  
relationships, systems and processes within and by which authority 
is exercised and managed within our company.

This report outlines our principal governance arrangements and 
practices for effective decision-making and accountability. It is 
current as at 15 August 2019 and has been approved by the Board. 
ASX’s governance arrangements have been consistent with the 
third edition of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations throughout the  
reporting period and this statement reports compliance with the third 
edition. In FY20, ASX intends to report against the fourth edition of 
the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, which 
was launched in February 2019.  

The  ASX  Board  and  its  committees  regularly  review  ASX’s  
governance arrangements and practices to ensure they are in  
line with regulatory requirements and developments in industry  
expectations, and that they continue to support ASX’s business  
objectives. More information on ASX’s corporate governance is 
available on ASX’s website.

Laying solid foundations for  
management and oversight

The role of the Board

The Board is accountable to shareholders for the performance  
of ASX. It is mindful that the company's long-term success depends 
on maintaining the trust and goodwill of various stakeholders, 
including our customers, regulators and employees.

The Board has set the company’s vision to become the world’s  
most respected financial marketplace. This is a long-term goal. 
The Board reviews and approves ASX’s strategy to achieve that 
vision including the annual budget and financial plans. It is also 
responsible for monitoring management’s progress in implementing 
that strategy. 

The Board meets regularly to review the ASX Group’s performance 
and progress against the strategy. The Board’s responsibilities also 
include:

 • Appointing and assessing the performance of the CEO and 
overseeing succession plans for the whole executive team

 • Reviewing and overseeing systems of risk management,  

internal control and regulatory compliance.

The Board’s responsibilities are detailed in the Board charter. The 
Board’s conduct is also governed by ASX’s constitution. The Board 
charter and ASX's constitution are available on ASX's website.

The role of committees
The Board has established three committees to assist in discharging 
its responsibilities:

 • Audit and Risk Committee

 • Nomination Committee

 • Remuneration Committee.

The duties of each committee and details of their membership are 
disclosed in this Corporate Governance report.

Delegation to management

The Board has appointed Dominic Stevens as CEO. The CEO is 
responsible for managing the ASX Group in accordance with the 
strategy and policies approved by the Board.

Executives support and report to the CEO. Executives’ biographies 
are available on ASX’s website.

Executives attend and regularly report at Board meetings.

Nomination and appointment of directors

The Board has established a Nomination Committee to help bring the 
focus and independent judgement needed for decisions regarding 
the composition of the Board.

The Nomination Committee reviews the skills represented by  
directors on the Board and considers whether the composition, 
mix of those skills and succession plans remain appropriate for 
ASX’s strategy. It makes recommendations to the Board based on 
its reviews. 

The  Nomination  Committee  also  considers  and  makes  
recommendations to the Board about the process for nomination 
and selection of directors for the Board and Board committees, and 
about the performance of directors.

The  Nomination  Committee  is  currently  comprised  of  three  
independent, non-executive directors. The ASX Chairman Rick 
Holliday-Smith chairs the Nomination Committee. Heather Ridout 
and Peter Warne are also Committee members.

The Nomination Committee’s charter is available on the ASX website. 
The number of times the Nomination Committee met during FY19 
and the individual attendance of its members at those meetings 
are disclosed on page 43.

Before  appointing  a  director, ASX  undertakes  comprehensive  
reference checks including education, employment, character,  
criminal history and bankruptcy checks. A statutory 'fit and proper' 
test applies to directors because of their involvement with market 
licensees and/or clearing and settlement facilities. It is a condition 
of appointment that any new director is not a disqualified person 
under this test. Directors make an annual declaration to this effect. 

40 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

Corporate governance continued

Non-executive director tenure

Board gender diversity

Age of directors

0-3 years 
4-6 years
>10 years

22%

33%

Female directors
Male directors
CEO

10%

30%

44-55
56-65
66-70

10%

50%

40%

45%

60%

Any director (except the CEO) who has been appointed during the 
year must stand for election at the next Annual General Meeting 
(AGM). ASX provides shareholders with all material information in 
its possession that is relevant to a decision on whether to elect (or 
re-elect) a director.

New directors receive a letter of appointment that outlines ASX’s 
expectations about director time commitment, compliance with 
ASX policies and regulatory requirements. As part of their induction 
process, new directors receive briefings on strategic initiatives and 
operational matters.

Director retirement and re-election

Directors are generally elected for three years. Retiring directors are 
not automatically re-appointed. Melinda Conrad and Ken Henry will 
retire by rotation in 2019. They are standing for re-election at the 
2019 AGM and are unanimously supported by all other directors. 
Peter Nash was appointed a director of ASX on 19 June 2019. He is 
standing for election at the 2019 AGM and is unanimously supported 
by all other directors.

Diversity

ASX’s Board and workforce are comprised of individuals with a 
range of skills, backgrounds and experiences. ASX values diversity 
and inclusion, and recognises the organisational capability and 
business performance these bring.

ASX has adopted a diversity and inclusion policy (available on ASX’s 
website) which describes how ASX promotes diversity. The diversity 
objectives adopted by the Board and achievements in FY19 are set 
out on page 29, along with further details on ASX's initiatives to 
support diversity.

The Board is committed to maintaining its diversity of membership. 
The Board has adopted a target of a minimum of 40% female 
directors. Currently, 30% percent of ASX’s directors are female and 
33.3% of non-executive directors are female.

ASX’s most recent report to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency, 
which sets out our performance against gender equality indicators, 
is available on ASX’s website.

Board renewal

Performance reviews

The Board, in consultation with the Nomination Committee, regularly 
reviews its composition and succession plans and the process for 
nominating and selecting ASX directors.

As  noted  above,  the  most  recent  appointment  to  the  ASX 
Board was  Peter  Nash  in June  2019.  Details  about  Mr  Nash’s 
skills  and  experience  are  set  out  on  page  39  and  are  also 
in  the  Notice  of  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  2019.  The 
Board  considers  that  Mr  Nash’s  leadership  skills  and  his  
extensive business and audit experience as a senior partner with 
KPMG complement and add value to the Board’s existing skills  
and experience.

Company secretaries

The  Board  is  responsible  for  the  appointment  of  company 
secretaries. The company secretary is accountable directly to the 
Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper 
functioning of the Board. Details of ASX’s company secretaries are 
on page 63.

Board
Under its charter, the Board and directors are required to undergo 
regular performance reviews. The performance of the Board, its 
committees and individual directors are reviewed each year. This 
evaluation took place in FY19 with the support of an external 
consultant.

The  Board  takes  this  evaluation  into  consideration  when  
recommending directors for election.

Executives
The CEO and ASX’s executives have written agreements setting out 
their employment terms.

The Board assesses each executive’s performance on an annual 
basis. The  process  for  evaluating  executive  performance  and  
remuneration is set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 48 
to 62. Performance evaluations for the CEO and ASX’s executives 
took place in FY19 in accordance with the process disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

41

Corporate governance continued

Structuring the board to add value

Director skills and experience

Board composition

As at the date of this report, the Board comprised nine independent, 
non-executive directors and the CEO.

The directors have elected Rick Holliday-Smith as the Chairman.  
The Chairman is an independent, non-executive director. He leads 
the Board in its duties to ASX and is responsible for facilitating 
effective Board meeting discussion. The roles of CEO and Chairman 
are separate and are not performed by the same person. The name, 
qualifications and tenure of each director are set out on pages 37 to 
39. Director biographies are published on ASX’s website.

The skills and experience of the Board reflect ASX’s role as the 
provider of critical infrastructure to Australia’s financial markets 
and its leading position in the Asia-Pacific region.

To guide its assessment of the skills and experience of non-executive 
directors and to identify any gaps in the collective skills of the Board, 
the Board uses the skills matrix below. The chart below shows the 
Board’s current assessment of its skills coverage.

The Board considers that individually and collectively, the directors  
have  an  appropriate  mix  of  skills,  experience  and  expertise  to  
understand  ASX  and  its  operating  environment,  to  navigate 
current and emerging issues, and to oversee the performance of  
management in executing the Board-approved strategy.

The Board keeps up-to-date with market and industry developments 
through regular briefings at Board meetings, Board workshops, 
meetings with customers and regulators, and through site visits.

Board skills matrix

Category
Executive leadership

Description
Successful career as a CEO or senior executive

Number of non-executive directors with these skills

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Strategy

Define strategic objectives, constructively question 
business plans and implement strategy

Financial acumen

Accounting and reporting, corporate finance and internal 
controls, including assessing quality of financial controls

Risk and compliance

Forward looking, able to identify the key risks to the 
organisation and monitor effectiveness of risk  
management frameworks and practices

Public policy

Public and regulatory policy, including impact on 
markets and corporations

Information technology/ 
digital

Use and governance of critical information technology 
infrastructure, digital disruption and information 
monetisation

Business  
development and 
customer management

Commercial and business experience, including  
development of product, service or customer  
management strategies, and innovation

People and change 
management

Overseeing and assessing senior management,  
remuneration frameworks, strategic human resource 
management and organisational change

Corporate governance

Knowledge, experience and commitment to the highest 
standards of governance

International exchange 
experience

International financial markets or exchange groups 
including post-trade services and relationships with 
financial markets participants

Financial services 
experience

Broking, funds management, superannuation and/or 
investment banking activities

42 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

Corporate governance continued

Director independence

ASX recognises that having a majority of independent directors helps 
to ensure that the decisions of the Board reflect the best interests 
of ASX and its shareholders generally and that those decisions are 
not biased towards the interests of management or any other group. 

The Board requires a majority of its directors to be independent.

In determining whether a director is independent, the Board considers 
whether the director is free of interests that could (or could be 
perceived to) materially interfere with the independent exercise 
of the director’s judgement and the capacity to act in the best 
interests of ASX as a whole rather than of an individual security 
holder or other party.

The Board has adopted a policy to assess a director’s indepen-
dence. The policy includes guidelines for assessing the materiality of  
directors’  relationships  that  may  affect  their  independence.  
This policy is available on ASX’s website.

Aligning interests of the Board with 
shareholders

To  underscore the  alignment  of the  Board with  shareholders’  
interests, the Board has adopted a policy that all non-executive 
directors should accumulate a number of ASX shares equivalent in 
value to their base level annual director fee (and in the case of the 
ASX Chairman, the base level annual director fee plus the Chairman 
fee) within three years of their appointment. All directors other 
than the most recently appointed director comply with this policy.

Details regarding director remuneration and ASX’s remuneration 
policies and practices are set out in the Remuneration Report on 
pages 48 to 62.

Access to information and advice

Directors have access to management to request information.

The Board regularly assesses the independence of its directors. The 
Board has assessed each non-executive director as independent.

Directors are also entitled, with the approval of the Chairman, to 
obtain independent professional advice at ASX’s expense relating 
to their role as an ASX director.

There is no fixed limit on director tenure. The tenure of each director 
is set out on pages 37 to 39. Rick Holliday-Smith (ASX’s Chairman) 
and Peter Warne have been directors of ASX Limited for more 
than 13 years. In FY19, the Board reviewed and determined that 
their tenure has not impacted on their independence. The mix of 
directors’ tenure is shown in a diagram on page 41.

Conflicts of interest

Directors are required to disclose all interests that may conflict 
with their duties. If a director has a material personal interest in a 
matter being considered by the Board, they must not be present 
for the consideration of that matter or vote on the matter (unless 
approved by other directors who do not have a material personal 
interest in the matter).

Attendance at meetings

Details of director attendance at Board and committee meetings 
in the 12 months up to 30 June 2019 are set out below. Provided 
there is no conflict of interest, directors are also invited to, and 
frequently attend as observers, meetings of Board committees of 
which they are not members.

All directors receive copies of agendas, papers and minutes of 
committee meetings to help ensure they remain equally informed, 
regardless of whether they are appointed to particular committees.

Board meetings

Audit and Risk  
Committee meetings

Nomination  
Committee meetings

Remuneration  
Committee meetings

Director name
Rick Holliday-Smith

Held
10

Attended
10

Held
4

Dominic Stevens

Yasmin Allen

Melinda Conrad

Ken Henry

Peter Marriott

Peter Nash

Heather Ridout

Damian Roche

Peter Warne

10

10

10

10

10

1

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

1

10

10

10

-

4

-

4

4

-

-

-

4

Attended Observed

4

-

4

-

4

4

-

-

-

4

-

4

-

4

-

-

-

4

4

-

Held
5

-

-

-

- 

-

-

5

-

5

Attended Observed

5

-

-

-

- 

-

-

5

-

5

-

5

5

5

5

5

1

-

5

-

Held
5

-

-

-

- 

-

-

5

-

5

Attended Observed

5

-

-

-

- 

-

-

5

-

5

-

5

5

5

5

5

1

-

5

-

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

43

Corporate governance continued

Similar to previous years, in FY19 ASX paid $100,000 in membership 
fees to each of the Liberal Party Australian Business Network and 
the Federal Labor Business Forum. ASX’s membership of these 
business networks provides an opportunity to engage with a wide 
range of policy and business decision-makers.

The Board sets the policy regarding payments to political parties, 
including limits on the amounts paid. Payments within those limits 
are approved by the CEO and the General Counsel. All payments to 
political parties are disclosed by ASX.

Safeguarding integrity in corporate 
reporting

ASX believes that accurate and timely corporate reporting underpins 
effective risk management and is key to executing ASX’s strategy.

The Board is responsible for overseeing that appropriate monitoring 
and reporting mechanisms are in place. It is supported in this regard 
by the Audit and Risk Committee. 

The role of the Audit and Risk Committee in safeguarding the 
integrity of ASX’s corporate reporting includes reviewing ASX’s 
financial  reports  and  the  adequacy  of  the  Group’s  corporate  
reporting processes.

Additional information on the role and responsibilities of the Audit 
and Risk Committee, its membership, and the number of times the 
Committee met in FY19 are detailed on pages 43 and 46.

Integrity of financial reporting

Before it approves the financial statements for the half-year and 
full-year, the Board receives a statement from the CEO and Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO) consistent with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act  2001. These  statements  are  made  after the 
CEO and the CFO receive attestations from executives regarding 
their respective areas of responsibility. The Board also receives a  
statement  from  the  CEO  and  the  Chief  Risk  Officer  (CRO) 
that  ASX’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  
are  operating  effectively  for  the  management  of  material  
business risks.

Act ethically and responsibly

ASX is committed to conducting business in an open and accountable 
way. We believe that ethical and responsible business practices are 
a driver of shareholder value, and that ASX plays a leadership role in 
setting and articulating corporate governance standards in Australia.

Code of Conduct

ASX has adopted a Code of Conduct which sets the standards for 
how we work at ASX and states our values to anyone dealing with 
ASX. A copy of the Code is available on ASX's website. Further 
information about our Code of Conduct and corporate culture is 
set out on page 28.

Our Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability report on pages  
26 to  35  details  other ASX  polices,  practices  and  governance  
frameworks for how we:

 • Operate with integrity

 • Engage with the community

 • Act responsibly towards the environment.

Securities trading

ASX has adopted dealing rules that restrict dealing in ASX and 
non-ASX securities. The rules apply to directors and staff. The 
dealing rules:

 • Document the procedure for dealing in securities

 • Are designed to help prevent directors and staff from  

contravening laws on insider trading.

Additional dealing restrictions apply to staff working in specified 
functions (including our Listings Compliance, Market Announcements 
and Surveillance functions).

Derivatives and hedging arrangements for unvested ASX securities, 
or vested ASX securities subject to a holding lock, are prohibited.

A copy of ASX's dealing rules is available on ASX's website.

Payments to political parties

ASX  has  a  responsibility  to  its  stakeholders  to  articulate  the  
opportunities and challenges facing its business, communicate its  
position  on  relevant  public  policy  issues  and  contribute  to  
well-informed decision-making by government.

We  actively  engage  with  government  and  political  decision- 
makers about our role, the investments we're making to build  
world-class infrastructure, and the dynamic and globally competitive 
market environment in which ASX's operates.

44 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

Corporate governance continued

External auditor

Respecting the rights of security holders

ASX has appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) as its external 
auditor. The appointment was approved by shareholders at the 
2008 AGM. In accordance with auditor rotation requirements, the 
PwC lead audit partner for ASX changed in FY19.

Among its key responsibilities, PwC reviews the financial reporting 
of ASX and provides an opinion on whether ASX’s financial report 
gives a true and fair view of the ASX Group’s financial position and 
financial performance, and whether it complies with Australian 
Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 
PwC’s opinion on the FY19 financial report is on pages 109 to 113.

PwC attends each Audit and Risk Committee meeting and meets with 
the Committee without management present at least once annually. 

PwC has provided confirmation that there have been no contraventions 
of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001 and no contraventions of any applicable code of professional 
conduct in relation to its audit (refer to page 65). The fees paid to PwC 
for non-audit services are disclosed on page 107.

PwC’s lead audit partner will attend the 2019 AGM to answer 
questions relevant to the external audit.

Making timely and balanced disclosure

Continuous and periodic disclosure

ASX is committed to providing shareholders and the market with 
equal access to material information about its activities in a timely 
and balanced way.

ASX has adopted a continuous disclosure policy which sets out how 
it complies with its listing rule disclosure obligations. This policy was 
updated in FY19 and is available on ASX's website.

ASX will not disclose market sensitive information to any analyst 
or investor unless it has first provided that information to the 
market and received an acknowledgement that the information 
has been released.

Key  periodic  shareholder  communications  include  our Annual  
Report,  full-year  and  half-year  financial  results,  and  monthly  
activity reports.

Shareholder engagement

ASX is committed to communicating promptly, accurately and in 
plain language with shareholders. This commitment is detailed in 
our shareholder communications policy available on our website.

All market announcements (including financial results and Annual 
Reports) are published on ASX’s website after they have been 
released on the Market Announcements Platform. ASX also publishes 
media releases and other relevant information on its website (including 
its corporate governance arrangements).

ASX  uses  a  number  of  channels  and  technologies,  including 
webcasting and social media, to communicate promptly, transparently  
and  widely.  We  encourage  shareholders  to  participate  in  
shareholder  meetings  and  we  deal  with  shareholder  enquiries  
fairly and respectfully. 

ASX has implemented an investor relations program to facilitate 
effective two-way communications with investors.

ASX does not hold meetings with investors or analysts to discuss 
ASX's financial performance within a ‘blackout’ period in advance 
of results announcements.

Electronic communications

We  encourage  shareholders  to  receive  communications  from  
us  electronically.  Electronic  communication  allows  ASX  to 
communicate  with  shareholders  quickly,  and  reduces  ASX’s 
paper  usage.  ASX  emails  shareholders  when  important  
information becomes available such as financial results, dividend 
statements, notice of meetings, voting forms and Annual Reports. 
Shareholders who receive information from us by post can log in at  
www.linkmarketservices.com.au to provide their email address and 
elect to receive communications electronically.

Annual General Meetings

Details about ASX’s 2019 AGM are provided on page 119.

The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders to hear from and put 
questions to the Board, external auditor and executives.

We encourage shareholders to attend and participate. To improve 
access and participation for those who cannot attend in person, 
ASX webcasts proceedings and allows shareholders to vote directly 
without having to appoint a proxy.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

45

Corporate governance continued

Recognising and managing risk

ASX’s risk management framework

The Board recognises that effective risk management is critical to 
maintaining ASX’s reputation.

Division of responsibilities

The Board is responsible for setting ASX’s risk strategy and risk 
appetite. It is also responsible for reviewing and overseeing systems 
of risk management and the process for identifying significant 
risks, and that appropriate controls, monitoring and reporting 
mechanisms are in place.

Management implements the Board-approved strategy and manages 
ASX’s operations within the Board-approved risk appetite. It is 
responsible for identifying, monitoring, mitigating and reporting 
on risks.

Audit and Risk Committee

As outlined above, the Board has established an Audit and Risk 
Committee. The Audit and Risk Committee reports to the ASX Board 
and its responsibilities include:

 • Reviewing the enterprise risk management framework

 • Overseeing the process for identifying significant risks facing ASX

 • Reviewing and overseeing risk management processes, internal 

controls and compliance systems.

The Audit and Risk Committee receives regular reports from the CFO  
on  financial  matters,  the  CRO  on  enterprise  risks,  the  Chief  
Operating Officer (COO) on operational, technology and cyber  
security  risks,  the  Chief  Compliance  Officer  on  compliance  
matters  as  well  as  reports  from  ASX’s  Internal  Audit  and  
Enterprise Compliance functions, and from our external auditor.

In addition to the responsibilities listed above, the Audit and Risk 
Committee has a role in safeguarding the integrity of ASX’s corporate 
reporting. Further details about that role are set out on page 44.

The Audit and Risk Committee charter is available on ASX’s website. 

The  Committee  is  currently  comprised  of  five  independent,  
non-executive directors. Its members are Peter Marriott (Committee 
Chair), Rick Holliday-Smith, Yasmin Allen, Ken Henry and Peter 
Warne. The number of times the Committee met in FY19 and the 
individual attendance of its members at those meeting are detailed 
on page 43.

ASX has an established enterprise risk management framework. The 
framework encompasses, among other matters, the risk governance 
structure across ASX, the risk strategy and appetite, risk culture and 
behaviours, and supporting frameworks and processes governing 
risk assessment, monitoring and reporting.

ASX’s risk management function has day-to-day responsibility for 
the implementation of the enterprise risk management framework. 

The  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  reviews  the  enterprise  risk  
management framework annually. This review took place in FY19.

Management committees

ASX  has  established  the  following  management  committees 
comprised of senior executives to assist with the oversight and 
management of risks:

 • Risk Committee chaired by the CRO. The Risk Committee  
has oversight of the implementation of ASX’s enterprise  
risk management framework, approves risk policies and  
considers general risk matters consistent with the ASX Board’s 
risk appetite

 • Regulatory Committee chaired by the Group General Counsel. 
The Regulatory Committee has oversight of licence compliance 
matters, develops and approves policies, considers updates 
on regulatory and government engagement and on ASX rule 
changes

 • Technology Operations and Security Committee (TOSC) chaired 
by the COO. TOSC has oversight of IT security matters, systems 
updates and incident management, and considers emerging 
technology, operational and security risks.

Internal Audit

ASX’s Internal Audit function reviews and reports on internal control 
systems and procedures. Its role and responsibilities are set out in 
its charter, which is available on ASX’s website.

The General Manager of Internal Audit reports to the Chairman 
of the Audit and Risk Committee and the CEO for functional audit 
purposes, and to the CRO for other purposes. The Audit and Risk 
Committee determines the Internal Audit function’s scope, function 
and budget each year.

Internal Audit has full access to the Audit and Risk Committee. It also  
has unrestricted access to all ASX records, property and personnel. 
The Internal Audit function is independent of ASX’s external auditor.

46 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

Corporate governance continued

Enterprise Compliance

ASX’s  Enterprise  Compliance  function  maps  the  compliance  
framework for ASX regulatory obligations, oversees ASX’s conflict 
handling arrangements and provides training to the business to 
ensure key Australian and international obligations are understood 
and complied with. It also undertakes compliance reviews and report-
ing to regulators. The General Manager of Enterprise Compliance 
has a direct reporting line to the Audit and Risk Committee and 
ASX’s clearing and settlement (CS) boards for key licence obligations 
and conflict handling arrangements, and reports to the CRO for  
other purposes.

Exposure to material economic, 
environmental and social sustainability risks

Details of ASX’s material business risks and how these are managed 
are provided on pages 16 to 25 in our Operating and Financial Review. 

ASX’s environmental and social sustainability risks and how these 
are managed are described in our Corporate Responsibility and 
Sustainability report set out on pages 26 to 35.

Clearing and settlement boards
ASX has four subsidiary companies that hold licences to operate 
clearing and settlement facilities, and two intermediate holding 
companies.

The CS boards focus on risk management and oversight of the operation 
of the clearing and settlement licensees. The responsibilities of these 
boards include the management of clearing and settlement risk 
and compliance with the Financial Stability Standards determined 
by the Reserve Bank of Australia. The CS boards' charter (available 
on ASX’s website) sets out further details regarding their functions 
and governance.

The Audit and Risk Committee serves as the audit and risk committee  
for the CS boards where such matters relate to clearing and settlement 
operations outside of those matters carried out by the CS boards 
(and detailed in the CS boards' charter).

Remunerating fairly and responsibly

ASX aims to attract and retain high quality directors and senior 
executives.

The  Board  oversees  executive  and  non-executive  director  
remuneration arrangements and has established a Remuneration 
Committee to assist it in this regard. The Remuneration Committee 
helps bring the focus and independent judgement needed for  
remuneration decisions.

The Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities include reviewing 
and reporting to the Board on:

 • ASX’s remuneration structure including incentives

 • The process for overseeing performance accountability and 
effective monitoring of management performance (including 
setting and evaluating performance against goals and targets)

 • Incentives and behaviours arising from ASX’s remuneration 

structure

 • Compliance of remuneration arrangements with Financial 
Stability Standards and other regulatory requirements

 • Recruitment and retention strategies

 • Remuneration by gender.

The Remuneration Committee charter is available on ASX's website. 

ASX’s Remuneration Committee is currently comprised of three 
independent, non-executive directors. The current members are 
Heather Ridout (Committee Chair), Rick Holliday-Smith and Peter 
Warne. It is a requirement under the Remuneration Committee 
charter that the Committee Chair be an independent director who 
is not the Chairman of the ASX Board.

The number of times the Committee met in FY19 and the individual 
attendance of its members at those meetings are detailed on page 43.

Details  of  executive  and  director  remuneration  and  ASX’s  
remuneration polices are disclosed in the Remuneration Report 
on pages 48 to 62.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

47

Remuneration report

48 ASX Annual Report 2019 Corporate governance continued

Remuneration report

Dear fellow shareholders,

ASX's performance and remuneration framework is designed to 
focus our employees on delivering the company's strategy, which 
will create enduring value for our customers, our shareholders, 
our communities and other stakeholders. The Board undertakes 
reviews to ensure the performance and remuneration framework 
meets these aims by: 

 • Being aligned to the creation of shareholder value

 • Being regularly and rigorously measured 

 • Using a mix of financial and non-financial metrics

 • Being able to attract, retain and motivate talent 

 • Promoting integrity within our workforce. 

These reviews also allow us to assess the impact of the remuneration 
approach on our culture and the conduct of our employees.

ASX has previously recognised the importance of risk management 
through Vision, Strategy and Execution goals set across the Group 
and in the behavioural expectations of our people. During FY19, 
we enhanced how we incorporate financial and non-financial risk 
considerations into the performance and reward framework by 
mandating individual goals relating to risk awareness and risk 
culture for General Managers and above. This reinforces ASX’s 
commitment to risk management and highlights the importance 
of individual accountability for managing risk.

To inform our assessment of overall performance, the Board sought 
assessments of risk and conduct from the Chief Risk Officer, as 
well as input from the Audit and Risk Committee and clearing and  
settlement boards. This approach ensures that each Executive's¹ 
reward  outcome  reflects  their  performance,  how  they  have 
discharged the accountabilities of their role, their management of 
risk and their conduct.

The Board will continue to review ASX’s performance and reward 
practices to ensure they uphold our remuneration principles, remain 
fit for purpose and reward Executives for the value they create for 
customers, shareholders and other stakeholders.

FY19 company performance

FY19  saw  solid  performance  across  the  Group.  ASX  grew  its 
statutory revenues by 5.0% and its statutory NPAT by 10.5%. 
During the year, we continued to invest to strengthen our risk 
management capabilities and the resilience of our technology  
platform. In parallel, ASX progressed its growth initiatives including 
the rollout of ASX DataSphere, our open data analytics platform, 
and continued to explore how we might use our expertise and  
experience in distributed ledger technology to benefit customers, the 
industry and ultimately our shareholders. Further details of ASX’s 
performance are provided in section 3.2 of this report.

FY19 Group remuneration outcomes

Fixed remuneration outcomes
The fixed remuneration for Executives is reviewed annually to 
ensure it remains competitive and reflects the accountabilities of 
each role. There were no changes to the fixed remuneration for the 
five disclosed Executives in FY19.

For FY20, the Board determined that the Chief Operating Officer 
and Chief Risk Officer will receive fixed remuneration increases of 7% 
and 9% respectively, to reflect market rates for these roles. The fixed  
remuneration for these roles was unchanged for the last two financial 
years. These changes will be disclosed in the FY20 Remuneration Report. 
No other Executive received a fixed remuneration increase for FY20.

Short-term incentive (STI) outcomes
The Board assesses the performance of the Group against the 
Balanced Scorecard, achievement of Vision, Strategy and Execution 
goals, and management of risk. This performance informs the  
maximum value available under the Group incentive pool.

Based on the Group’s performance, the Board determined that  
the Group incentive pool will be 105% of target. Further detail 
regarding how the Group incentive pool was determined is discussed 
in section 3.2 of this report.

An Executive's individual performance is assessed against their goals 
drawn from the Group Balanced Scorecard, the Vision, Strategy and 
Execution goals, division-specific goals and individual goals based 
on the accountabilities of that Executive’s role. The ASX values 
and financial and non-financial risk management are explicitly  
considered in the individual performance assessment, as they guide 
the conduct of employees by encouraging them to focus on the way 
they behave, the risks they manage and the results they achieve.

In FY19, the STI outcomes for Executives ranged from 105% to 
125% of their target STI, with the average STI outcome being 109%.

Long-term incentive (LTI) outcomes
The performance rights granted under the LTI Plans are measured 
against earnings per share (EPS) targets and relative total shareholder 
return (TSR) targets.

In FY19, no awards were tested. This reflects the Board's decision to 
extend the performance period of the LTI to four years for awards 
made in the 2016 financial year onwards. As such, the next test of 
the LTI will occur in August 2019 and will be disclosed in the 2020 
Remuneration Report. Further details of the LTI Plan can be found 
in section 5.5 of this report.

Consistent with the continuous improvement approach we take 
to remuneration practices at ASX, we have sought to enhance 
our  remuneration  disclosure  in  this  Remuneration  Report.  
We hope you find the new layout an improvement on last year.

The  Board  believes  the  remuneration  outcomes  for  FY19  are  
consistent with the value generated for our customers, shareholders 
and the communities in which the Group operates. 

Thank you for your support.

Heather Ridout 
Chair, Remuneration Committee

1  Executives refer to the CEO, Deputy CEO, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating 

Officer and Chief Risk Officer.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report

49

Remuneration report continued

Contents

1. Key Management Personnel covered in this report 

2. Glossary of key terms 

3. Snapshot of FY19 Group performance and reward 

4. Remuneration governance 

5. Executive remuneration framework 

6. Statutory remuneration disclosure – Executives 

7. Non-executive director remuneration arrangements 

50

50

51

54

56

59

61

1. Key Management Personnel covered in this report

This Remuneration Report details the performance and remuneration of Key Management Personnel (KMP) for FY19. KMP is defined  
as persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of an entity, directly or indirectly.  
The KMP comprise of:

 • Non-executive directors of ASX Limited

 • The CEO and members of the executive team who are accountable for managing critical operational activities, financial control or risk 

functions (collectively termed Executives).

Name

Non-Executive Directors
R Holliday-Smith

Y A Allen

M B Conrad 

K R Henry

P R Marriott

P S Nash

H M Ridout

D Roche

P H Warne

Executives
D J Stevens

P D Hiom

T J Hogben

G L Larkins

H J Treleaven

Former Executive
R Aziz

Role

Chairman

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Deputy Chief Executive Officer (Deputy CEO)

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Risk Officer

Term as KMP

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Commenced 19 June 2019

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Commenced 29 October 2018 

Full year

Chief Financial Officer

Ceased 31 October 2018

2. Glossary of key terms

Term 

EPS

Meaning
Earnings per share, defined as net profit after tax divided by the average number of issued shares during the year. The LTI 
Plan has two performance measures, one of which is EPS.

Executives 

The CEO, Deputy CEO, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Risk Officer.

KMP

TSR

Key Management Personnel are those people with authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the 
activities of the entity, directly or indirectly. KMP comprise non-executive directors, as well as Executives as defined above.

Relative total shareholder return, defined as share price growth plus dividends paid over the measurement period. 
Dividends are assumed to be reinvested on the ex-dividend date. The LTI Plan has two performance measures, one of  
which is TSR.

50 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued

3. Snapshot of FY19 Group performance and reward

3.1 Remuneration received or available in the financial year
This section provides a snapshot of the performance of the Group and the corresponding remuneration outcomes. The remuneration table 
below has been provided as additional non-statutory information to assist in understanding the total value of remuneration received by 
Executives in the current and prior financial years.

Total fixed 
remuneration1 
a

Other 
remuneration2
b

STI awarded  
and paid3
c

Year

Total 
payments 

d=a+b+c

Deferred STI 
vested4
e

LTI vested5
f

Total 
remuneration 
received 

g=d+e+f

Previous year awards that 
vested during the year

Current
D J Stevens
Managing Director and CEO
P D Hiom
Deputy CEO

T J Hogben
Chief Operating Officer

G L Larkins
Chief Financial Officer

H J Treleaven
Chief Risk Officer

Former
R Aziz6
Chief Financial Officer

Total

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

2,000,000
2,000,000

1,000,000
1,000,000

675,000
675,000

538,462

800,000
800,000

206,394
600,000

5,219,856 
5,075,000 

2,610
2,610

2,610
2,610

2,610
2,610

1,757

 868,000 
800,000

 434,000 
420,000

 195,300 
189,000

 2,870,610 
2,802,610

 1,436,610 
1,422,610

 872,910 
866,610

 225,534 

 765,753 

202,610
202,610

 133,334 
133,334

 1,135,944 
1,135,944

-
- 

 395,767 
 - 

 138,535 
 - 

 -   

-
- 

 -
 -

-
 424,945 

- 
- 

 -   

-
-

 2,870,610  
 2,802,610 

  1,832,377  
 1,847,555 

  1,011,445 
 866,610 

 765,753 

  1,135,944 
1,135,944 

403,305
7,570

 615,502 
 218,010 

-
80,000

 1,856,168 
 1,622,334 

609,699
687,570

 7,691,526  
 6,915,344 

 118,696 
 - 
 652,998 
 - 

-
- 
-
 424,945 

 728,395 
 687,570 

  8,344,524 
 7,340,289 

1 Base salary, superannuation, non-monetary benefits and benefits that have been salary sacrificed such as participation in the employee share plan.
² Salary continuance insurance for all Executives. Benefits to specific Executives include: Hamish Treleavan: deferred cash payments were made in FY18 and FY19 
in connection to the commencement of his employment, which were subject to his service and sufficient performance standards being met. Ramy Aziz: $3,901 of 
fringe benefits tax on gifts and a payment of $396,841 in lieu of notice upon termination. 

³ The portion of STI awarded for the financial year in cash. The remaining portion of STI in respect of FY19 but deferred for two and four years, is shown in table 6.1 

Statutory remuneration.

4 This relates to the vesting of STI awarded in prior years, which was provided in the form of restricted ASX ordinary shares. The value disclosed is based on the 

five-day volume weighted average price of ASX ordinary shares up to and including the vesting date.

5  The FY18 value for Peter Hiom relates to the vesting of the September 2014 share-based LTI offer. It has been calculated using the total number of shares vested 

and the five-day volume weighted average price of ASX ordinary shares up to and including the vesting date. No LTI was tested during FY19. 

6 Ramy Aziz was not eligible for an STI award in FY19.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

51

Remuneration report continued

3.2 FY19 Group performance
The Board assesses the performance of the Group against the Balanced Scorecard, the achievement of Vision, Strategy and Execution 
goals, and management of risk. This assessment informs the Board’s determination of the Group incentive pool, which limits the total 
value of STI payments available.

In FY19, the Board determined a Group incentive pool of 105% of target. This took into account the following:

Financial 
objectives1

Link to strategy

Measure
Revenue 

Expenses

Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT)

Actual outcome
Target met. $863.8m, up 5.0% on FY18

Target not met. 9.9% growth, slightly higher than guidance 
impacted by higher supervision levies

Target met. Statutory NPAT up 10.5% (prior year included an 
impairment charge of $20.2m)

Non-financial 
objectives 

Enduring trust,  
integrity and 
resilience 

Underlying net profit after tax (NPAT)

Target met. Underlying NPAT up 5.7%

Underlying earnings per share (EPS)

Target met. Underlying EPS up 5.7%

Dividends per share (DPS)

Target met. Full-year DPS 228.7 cents, fully franked, up 5.7%, 
plus special dividend of 129.1 cents per share, fully franked

Capital expenditure (capex)

Target met. Capex approximately $75.1m

Increase employees' focus on risk awareness, 
accountability and speaking up survey

Target exceeded. Year-on-year improvement in risk management 
practices and awareness as measured by internal risk survey 

Complete implementation of FY19 Stronger 
Foundations recommendations

Near real-time risk management capability for 
ASX Clear (Futures) and ASX Clear 

Implement improvements to company listings 
and compliance processes

No significant regulatory breaches in the key 
areas of legal, compliance, finance, tax and 
operations

All systems meet availability targets

Innovative 
solutions and 
technology 

Delivery of CHESS replacement program 
milestones

Favourable outcome achieved through implementation of the 
Board-approved risk strategy and risk culture action plan

Target met. All recommendations scheduled for FY19 have been 
implemented by the agreed timeline, with initiatives across risk, 
technology and leadership delivered

Target met. Near real-time risk management visualisation 
tool developed and demonstrated to the RBA for ASX Clear 
(Futures). Development of a similar tool for ASX Clear is in 
progress

Target met. Major listing rules consultation underway. 
4th edition of Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations released in February. Substantial regulatory 
action taken against various listed companies and major 
improvements to documentation, processes, rules and guidance

Target met.

Target met. Average system uptime for our critical systems over 
the past 12 months was 100%

Target met. Project milestones throughout FY19 were  
delivered to target, including opening the Customer 
Development Environment on schedule

Establish secondary data centre and commence 
migration in Q4 FY19 (multi-year project)

Target not met. Migration delayed, however on track for 
commissioning secondary data centre in FY20

Build new data and analytic products for internal 
and external use

Target met. ASX DataSphere platform launched. Improved 
approach to clearing risk through enhanced analytical tools

Customer centric

Complete customer consultation on CHESS 
replacement day-one scope and functionality

Improve customer experience through ASX 
Online 

Target met. Consultation successfully completed with a total of 
41 written submissions received. ASX response to consultation 
feedback released to the market in September 2018 

Target met. New participants’ compliance portal integrated in 
ASX Online platform, providing a refreshed platform, single 
sign-on experience, and streamlined lodgement, notification 
and self-service compliance management for participants

Diverse ecosystem Diversified listings strategy to attract foreign 
and technology listings

Target met. In excess of 40 new foreign and technology listings 
in FY19

Deliver new growth opportunities in  
multi-currency (US$) and benchmarks  
(roadmap for new products) 

Embed ASX values at all levels of ASX

Collaborative 
culture

Develop a refreshed Diversity and Inclusion 
strategy by June 2019
1 Financial objective outcomes are per the Group’s segment note.

Target met. US$ payments live, on-boarding foundation 
customers/benchmarks roadmap delivered as part of 
five-year plan

Target met. BE values embedded in all HR operating processes 
with 96% of employees demonstrating these values

Target met. Strategy developed and diversity initiatives rollout 
commenced, which will continue in the FY20

52 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued

3.3 FY19 Executive STI outcomes
The STI for Executives is based on a combination of the Group’s performance (the Group incentive pool) and an individual’s performance. 
An individual’s performance is assessed against goals that are cascaded from the Group Balanced Scorecard, the Vision, Strategy and 
Execution goals, and division-specific goals drawn from the accountabilities of an Executive’s role. Both the ASX values and non-finan-
cial risk management are explicitly considered in the individual performance assessment, as they guide the conduct of employees by  
encouraging them to focus on the way they behave, the risks they manage and the results they achieve.

 Total STI awarded1

Cash payment paid  
August 2019

STI deferred for 2 years 
(vesting August 2021)2

STI deferred for 4 years 
(vesting August 2023)2

Current
D J Stevens

P D Hiom

T J Hogben

G L Larkins

$

2,170,000

1,085,000

488,250

563,836

%

108.5%

108.5%

108.5%

105.0%

$

$

$

868,000

434,000

195,300

225,534

651,000

325,500

146,475

169,151

100,000

651,000

325,500

146,475

169,151

100,000

H J Treleaven
1 Total STI award including cash payment and deferred component.
2 The deferred STI awards are subject to continued employment and satisfactory performance during the deferral period.

333,334

133,334

125.0%

3.4 Long-term performance
The following charts illustrate the long-term performance of the Group against key financial metrics. No LTI grants were tested in FY19, as 
the Board determined to increase the performance period from three to four years for grants of LTI from the 2016 financial year onwards.

Statutory earnings per share (cents) 

Dividends per share (cents) and  
share price ($ at end of financial year)

Statutory net profit after tax ($million) 
and STI outcome (% of target) for 
Executives

101%

77%

92%

99%

109%

397.8

426.2

434.1

445.1

492.0

205.7
FY14

220.4

224.5

230.0

254.1

64.39

82.37

129.1

53.61

45.76

99.0

99.8

109.1

114.3

99.1

102.0

107.2

114.4

39.9

FY14
95.1

92.3

FY15*

FY16

FY17

FY18*

FY19

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

STI outcome % for executives

* Underlying profit in FY18 $465.3 million,  
FY15 $403.2 million

Interim Final

Special

Share price ($)

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

53

Remuneration report continued

4. Remuneration governance

The diagram below provides an overview of our governance arrangements relating to remuneration.

The Chief Risk Officer 
provides an independent 
assessment of risk 
management

The Audit and Risk 
Committee and the 
clearing and settlement 
boards provide input to the 
Remuneration Committee

External advisers provide 
independent advice

Remuneration 
Committee

ASX Board

Shareholders

4.1 Role of the ASX Board
The Board oversees and approves the non-executive director remuneration and Executive remuneration arrangements. The Board has 
established a Remuneration Committee for recommending remuneration policy for the Group. The ultimate responsibility for remuneration 
policy matters rests with the Board.

4.2 Role and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee develops the remuneration principles, framework and policies for the Group. The Remuneration Committee’s 
responsibilities are outlined below.

Recommend to the Board:

 • Remuneration arrangements and all reward outcomes for Executives

 • Performance against goals and targets for Executives, incorporating an evaluation of risk management performance

 • Remuneration for Executive appointments and retention matters

 • ASX’s remuneration and incentive framework, including STI and LTI arrangements and participation 

 • Non-executive director fees.

Conduct reviews of:

 • The effectiveness of the reward policy in supporting ASX’s values while complying with regulatory requirements

 • Executive succession and key staff succession plans

 • Progress against gender diversity objectives and actively promoting a collaborative and inclusive culture

 • The capabilities required to deliver the organisation’s strategy.

54 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued

4.3 Board discretion relating to variable remuneration
The Board understands that to make good remuneration decisions it needs both a robust framework and the ability to exercise judgement. 
Therefore, the Board retains discretion to adjust variable remuneration outcomes in certain cases so that awards are appropriate, support 
sound and effective risk management, and are aligned to shareholder interests.

The Remuneration Committee provides recommendations to the Board for approval of all Executives’ remuneration arrangements. The 
Board may use its discretion to adjust any individual variable reward outcome. In determining remuneration outcomes for Executives, 
the Board takes into account information from a range of sources. The Board seeks feedback on Executive performance from the Audit 
and Risk Committee and the clearing and settlement boards, as well as reports on risk management performance from the Group Chief 
Risk Officer. This approach ensures independence, objectivity, fairness and consistency in the overall process, and provides sufficient 
information to inform the use of Board discretion in determining appropriate remuneration outcomes.

4.4 Clawback policy
The Board retains discretion to adjust performance-based remuneration that has not yet been realised or vested without restrictions, 
for any employee or group of employees within the ASX Group, if it considers that such remuneration would be an inappropriate benefit. 

The Board has absolute discretion to determine what constitutes an ‘inappropriate benefit’. Examples that may lead to an inappropriate 
benefit include:

 • Mismanagement of material risk issues for the Group

 • Fraudulent or dishonest behaviour

 • A material misstatement or omission in ASX’s financial statements

 • A breach of obligations to ASX

 • Acting in a manner that brings ASX into disrepute.

4.5 External advice
When an external perspective is needed, the Remuneration Committee may seek professional advice from remuneration advisers. 
Remuneration advisers are engaged by the Committee independently of management when receiving remuneration recommendations, 
as defined by the Corporations Act 2001. 

During  FY19,  the  Committee  engaged  EY  to  provide  general  information  on  remuneration  market  trends.  No  remuneration  
recommendations were made by EY in FY19. 

4.6 Engagement with external stakeholders
Each year, the ASX Chairman meets with investors and proxy advisers. These meetings provide an opportunity to discuss remuneration 
practices and policies and any issues raised by the investor or proxy adviser.

4.7 Share ownership
Share ownership is encouraged among non-executive directors to strengthen the alignment between their interests and the interests of 
shareholders.

In June 2019, the Board revised the guideline that determines the appropriate number of shares each non-executive director should hold.  
It is expected that all ASX non-executive directors hold a number of ASX shares equivalent in value to their base level annual director fee (and 
in the case of the ASX Chairman, the base level annual director fee plus the Chairman fee), by the first 30 June after the third anniversary 
of their appointment. For directors appointed before 19 June 2019, the applicable number of shares is 3,107 (or 6,935 for the Chairman).

The applicable number of shares is calculated based on the market price of ASX shares as at the date of the non-executive director’s 
appointment, rounded up to the nearest share. 

All eligible non-executive directors currently hold a number of shares at or in excess of this level.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

55

Remuneration report continued

5. Executive remuneration framework

5.1. Executive remuneration principles
ASX’s remuneration framework provides a clear link between individual and Group performance, and aims to align rewards with shareholder 
interests and our business strategy. To achieve this, the executive remuneration framework incorporates five guiding principles that 
deliver reward which is:

Aligned

Measured

Competitive

Link rewards to the 
achievement of the 
strategy and the creation 
of shareholder value

Apply rigorous 
performance measures 
to variable remuneration

Remain competitive by using 
relevant market surveys 
and benchmark against 
industry peers     

Financial and
non-financial

Assess and reward 
performance on 
both financial and 
non-financial metrics 

Integrity

Promote integrity in 
the workforce

 • Aligned – creating shareholder value: STI is based on the achievement of goals aligned to ASX’s strategy. The LTI is aligned to the 

creation of shareholder value through the relative TSR and EPS hurdles. A portion of an Executive's total variable award is managed 
through the compulsory deferral in ASX shares, creating alignment with shareholders through the performance of ASX’s share price.

 • Regularly and rigorously measured: Each year, Executives undergo a performance assessment process including a self-assessment 

and a manager assessment that factors in subsidiary board or committee feedback where appropriate. Performance and  
remuneration recommendations take into account an assessment of an Executive’s management of risk. This is informed via an  
independent assessment by the Chief Risk Officer. ASX defers a portion of STI awards over two and four years to ensure risks are 
appropriately considered over the longer term before value is received by the Executive. ASX measures the LTI over a period of four 
years. All variable remuneration is subject to satisfactory performance and the Board has discretion to make adjustments to the 
deferred remuneration. Adjustments can include partial reductions or complete forfeiture of deferred awards.

 • Competitive – attracting, retaining and motivating talent: ASX provides competitive total remuneration that is benchmarked against 

market data for comparable roles in companies of a similar size and other publicly available market information. 

 • Apply the right mix of financial and non-financial metrics: By balancing financial goals with quantifiable non-financial goals and  
measuring adherence to the ASX values, Executives are rewarded for driving both the immediate and long-term performance of  
the Group. 

 • Promote integrity in the workforce: ASX’s values are designed to encourage and support our people to act and make decisions with 

integrity. An assessment is made about how well an individual has exemplified ASX’s values, which then has a direct outcome on their 
overall STI payment.

5.2. Executive remuneration components
The remuneration arrangements for Executives are made up of both fixed and variable remuneration. Variable remuneration is provided 
through the STI and LTI.

5.3 Fixed remuneration
ASX provides competitive fixed remuneration to attract, retain and motivate talent. Fixed remuneration is paid as cash and comprises 
salary, superannuation, and salary sacrificed items including non-monetary benefits and share-based payments. Fixed remuneration is 
set with reference to relevant market benchmarks typically within finance, legal, technology and other sectors relevant to ASX’s functions 
or the broader market. Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually.

56 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued

5.4. Short-term incentive
STI considerations in determining the STI outcomes for Executives are illustrated in the following diagram.

Group incentive pool %
Determines the available pool based on Group performance

Target STI in $

Target reward model

On-target STI as % of total reward

Individual performance rating

Individual goals linked to ASX strategy 
determine the individual performance 
outcome and range of STI outcomes

Behaviours and risk management 
used as a ‘moderator’ to determine 
the initial STI recommendation

STI outcome

Board determines the final STI outcome

60% of STI award is deferred into 
equity for between two and four years

The following table outlines the key elements of the STI Plan.

Purpose

Performance

 • Encourage the achievement of financial and non-financial goals that support the Group's strategy.
 • Deferral periods extend the reward time frame to consider risks being managed.
 • Reflects behaviours to ensure employees act in accordance with ASX’s values.
Group performance
 • The target STI pool for Executives is calculated as the sum of 

individual target STIs.

 • Following an assessment of the Group’s performance, the 
Board determines what percentage of the pool may be 
released. This is referred to as the Group incentive pool.
 • The Group incentive pool represents the maximum amount 
available for STI payments across employees under the STI 
Plan, however less than this amount may be spent depending 
on individual performance.

Individual performance
 • Individual performance is based on a holistic assessment 
of an Executive's performance and behaviours across 
their core accountabilities and their delivery of strategic 
projects.

 • An Executive's goals are cascaded from the Group 

Balanced Scorecard, the Vision, Strategy and Execution 
goals, and the division-specific goals drawn from the 
accountabilities of an Executive’s role.

 • An Executive’s performance rating determines what 
percentage of individual STI targets are received.  
The range is 0% to 150%. 

Evaluation and 
approval

 • The CEO presents the Board with an assessment of the Group’s 

 • The Chief Risk Officer makes an assessment of risk 

performance based on achievement against the Balanced 
Scorecard, the Vision, Strategy and Execution goals, and 
management of risk. 

management for Executives and provides this to the CEO. 
The Chief Risk Officer subsequently provides this assessment 
directly to the Remuneration Committee.

 • The Board incorporates feedback from the CEO and the Chief 

 • The Group CEO recommends to the Remuneration 

Risk Officer to determine the Group incentive pool.

Committee the individual performance ratings and the 
percentage of STI target to be applied for Executives 
reporting to him, considering feedback from the Chief Risk 
Officer, the Audit and Risk Committee and clearing and 
settlement boards where appropriate. 

 • The Remuneration Committee considers the CEO’s 

Instrument

Treatment upon 
departure

recommendations and the Chief Risk Officer's assessment, 
and then determines the final recommendations for all 
Executives that will be submitted for Board approval.
 • 40% of the STI is delivered in cash, with 60% deferred into restricted ordinary shares. Half of the deferred portion vests  
after two years of ongoing employment, with the remainder vesting after four years of ongoing employment. Dividends  
are accrued during the restricted period and paid to the Executive upon vesting. 

 • Under the rules of the STI Plan, unless the Board determines otherwise, shares subject to a holding lock will be forfeited if 

the participant’s employment is terminated other than for a qualifying reason, or if a condition of the invitation to participate 
in the plan has not been met in the time specified in the invitation. A qualifying reason means, death, permanent disability, 
retirement, hardship, redundancy or another reason determined by the Board. If the participant’s employment is terminated 
for a qualifying reason, the Board retains a discretion to determine the number of shares that will be forfeited, if any.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

57

Remuneration report continued

5.5 Long-term incentives
Key features of the plan are summarised below.

Purpose

 • Encourage performance that creates long-term value for shareholders. The combination of relative TSR and EPS hurdles 

Performance

Performance 
measures

provides balance to the plan by measuring performance on a relative and absolute basis:
 - Relative: rewards participating Executives for performance that exceeds that of peer companies
 - Absolute: ensures there is a continued focus on providing positive growth, even when the market is declining.

Participation is limited to the CEO and Deputy CEO.
The face value of the maximum potential LTI award for the CEO and Deputy CEO is 50% of their fixed remuneration.

External performance measure
Relative total shareholder return (TSR) (50%)
 • TSR is measured over a four-year period against a peer group 
determined by the Board at the time of the offer. Currently it 
is based on the ASX 100, excluding property trusts.

 • The peer group may change as a result of specific events 
such as mergers and acquisitions or de-listings. The plan 
rules determine the adjustments of the peer group following 
such events.

Internal performance measure 
Earnings per share (EPS) growth (50%)
 • EPS performance is measured over a four-year period using 
the most recent financial year-end prior to the granting of 
the award as the base year, and the final financial year in  
the performance period as the end-year.

Vesting schedule

Performance
Less 51st percentile

51st percentile

Vesting
0%

25%

Greater than 76th percentile

100%

Calculation 

Vesting occurs in a straight line between the 51st and 76th 
percentile
 • TSR is calculated as the movement in share price and  

dividends received, assuming re-investment of dividends. 

 • The TSR is calculated over a four-year period, using the 
three-month volume weighted average price up to (and 
including) the start date and end date of the performance 
period. 

Performance p.a.
Less than 5.1% 

5.1%

Greater than 10%

Vesting
0%

50%

100%

Vesting occurs in a straight line between 5.1% and 10%

 • EPS is calculated by dividing the underlying profit after tax 

for the relevant reporting period (profit after tax adjusted for 
the after tax effect of any significant items) by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares of ASX. This is then 
compared to the starting EPS, calculated in a similar fashion 
to determine the EPS performance.

 • To arrive at underlying profit after tax, significant items may 
be excluded. These items are determined by the Board and 
may include revenues and expenses associated with specific 
events or the results of corporate actions. Exclusion of these 
items would be clearly identified and explained if such action 
impacted any vesting outcome.

Performance period

Four years

Instrument

Determining  
the number of  
performance rights

Expiry

Dividends 

Retesting

Treatment upon 
departure

Performance rights over ASX ordinary shares. For grants made from FY19 onwards, the Board may, at its discretion, elect to 
settle vested LTI allocations with a cash equivalent payment. The value of the cash payment will be determined based on the 
number of rights that have vested, multiplied by volume weighted average price over the 20 trading days prior to the vesting 
date.

The number of performance rights allocated is based on the volume weighted average price of ASX shares (face value) on the  
10 business days preceding the grant date.

At the end of the performance period, any performance rights that have not vested will lapse.

Dividends are not paid on performance rights.

No

Performance rights will lapse if an Executive’s employment is terminated for cause or poor performance, or if the Executive 
resigns. If an Executive ceases employment in other circumstances (for example, by mutual agreement with ASX, termination of 
employment by ASX on notice, redundancy or retirement), any performance rights will remain on foot in accordance with their 
original terms, except that any service condition will be waived, unless the Board determines otherwise. The Board retains a 
discretion to determine the proportion of performance rights that remain on foot, vest or lapse.

5.6 Executive remuneration mix
The Executives' remuneration is aligned to the executive remuneration principles set out in section 5.1. All Executives receive fixed  
remuneration and STI. In addition, the CEO and Deputy CEO also receive an LTI component. 

The chart below sets out the remuneration structure and mix for the CEO and Deputy CEO. 

At-risk

Fixed remuneration  
40%

Target STI  
40%
Equity deferred 2 years
30%

Cash
40%

LTI grant face value  
20%

Equity deferred 4 years
30%

TSR (50% 
of award)

EPS (50% 
of award)

58 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued

The chart below sets out the remuneration structure and mix for Executives other than the CEO and Deputy CEO. These Executives consist 
of the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Risk Officer. 

Fixed remuneration 
50-75%

At-risk

Target STI  
25-50%
Equity deferred 2 years
30%

Cash
40%

Equity deferred 4 years
30%

6. Statutory remuneration disclosure – Executives

6.1 Statutory remuneration
The remuneration table below has been prepared in accordance with accounting standards as required by the Corporations Act 2001. The 
accounting standards require the disclosure of the expense or cost to the company in the financial years presented, which may result in only 
a portion of cash remuneration being disclosed where payments are deferred to future financial years. In addition, the accounting standards 
require share-based payments expense to be calculated using the grant date fair value of the shares rather than current market prices. 

Short-term

Long-term

Share-based 
payments

³
y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m
-
n
o
N

e
v
a
e

l

l

a
u
n
n
A

4
l
a
u
r
c
c
a

6
l
a
u
r
c
c
a
e
v
a
e

l

e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o
L

5
r
e
h
t
O

7
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
S

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
s
r
e
h
t
O

0
1
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

8
n
a
P

l

I
T
S

9
n
a
P

l

I
T
L

–
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

l

a
t
o
T

r
a
e
Y

¹

y
r
a
a
S

l

²
I
T
S

1
1

d
e
t
a
e
r

l

Current
D J Stevens 
Managing Director  
and CEO12
P D Hiom
Deputy CEO

T J Hogben
Chief Operating 
Officer

G L Larkins
Chief Financial 
Officer

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

1,962,590
1,962,192

 868,000 
800,000

 16,878
17,759 

-
(76,134)

 2,610 
2,610 

 7,709  
6,673 

 20,531 
20,049 

820,603 
370,603 

 220,172 
 277,029 

 962,590 
962,192

 434,000 
420,000 

 16,878 
17,759

 67,809 
(11,302)

2,610
2,610

(44,002) 
16,292 

 20,531 
20,049 

 513,750  
427,500 

 43,503 
 226,917 

 644,978 
649,780

 195,300 
189,000 

 9,490 
5,171

 (15,139) 
(8,576)

2,610
2,610

10,761
32,370

20,531
20,049

227,819
174,006

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

 3,919,093 
3,380,781 

49%
43%

 2,017,669 
2,082,017 

49%
52%

 1,096,350 
1,064,410

39%
34%

2019

522,610  225,534 

 -   

 34,251 

 1,757 

 1,044 

 15,851 

 -   

 -    355,678 

1,156,725   19%

H J Treleaven
Chief Risk Officer

2019
2018

769,335
779,013

 133,334 
133,334

10,133
938

(12,047)
14,990

64,833
175,944

2,870
2,366

20,531
20,049

94,877
19,877

Former
R Aziz
Chief Financial 
Officer

Total13

2019
2018

2019
2018

196,128
579,951

-
80,000

-
-

15,021
(11,060)

403,305
7,570

3,121
9,542

10,266
20,049

148,500
148,500

5,058,231
4,933,128

1,856,168 
1,622,334

53,379
41,627

89,895
(92,082)

477,725
191,344

(18,497)
67,243

108,241
100,245

1,805,549
1,140,486

 263,675 
503,946 

355,678
-

 10,050,044 
8,508,271

39%
38%

¹ Base salary excluding payments made under the compulsory superannuation guarantee.
² The cash component of the STI earned over FY19, paid in cash in August 2019.
³ Salary-sacrificed items paid over the year including car parking (and associated fringe benefits tax) and participation in the employee share plan.
4 Annual leave accrued over the year.
5 The value of salary continuance insurance provided by the company. This column also shows the amortised value of payments to Hamish Treleaven relating to his 

commencement of employment and the payment in lieu of notice to Ramy Aziz upon cessation.

6 Long service leave accrued over the year.
7 Post-employment benefits, comprising the compulsory superannuation guarantee.
8 Annual share-based payments expense for restricted shares issued under the deferred STI Plan. 
9 Reflects annual share-based payments expense for performance rights issued under the LTI Plan. The expense is calculated using the fair value of performance 

rights at grant date, less any write-back for performance rights lapsed as a result of non-market hurdles not attained. The LTI may be either equity or cash 
settled, as determined by the Board. FY19 values reflect the reversal of the accrued expense of previous awards which did not vest.

10The amortised value of 11,604 restricted shares granted to Gillian Larkins on 15 February 2019, with a volume weighted average price of $58.38. The restriction  

on half of this allocation of shares will lift on 1 September 2019 with the restriction on the remaining half lifting on 1 September 2020, subject to ongoing  
employment and satisfactory performance.

11Reflects the percentage of total remuneration that is performance-related (short-term and long-term cash settled STI and shared-based payments relating to  

the LTI and STI Plans).

12The increase in total remuneration for the CEO in FY19 is primarily due to deferred STI expenses being amortised over four years. In FY18 this reflects amortisation 

of the FY17 award and in FY19 this reflects amortisation of both the FY17 and FY18 awards.

13The total FY19 remuneration shown in table 6.1 is higher than the prior year. This is primarily due to: a) the change to the amortised expense of the CEO’s deferred 

STI described in footnote 12; and b) payments relating to the change in Chief Financial Officer described in footnote 5 (Mr Aziz) and footnote 10 (Ms Larkins).

Note regarding the preparation of prior year information: 
Prior year amounts have been restated to include additional benefits received for annual and long service leave and salary continuance insurance while other long-
term benefits has been restated to reflect the expense recognised in the year rather than the cash received. In addition, the salary sacrifice employee share plan 
has been reclassified as a short-term 'non-monetary' benefit.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

59

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

 1,083,866 
1,146,511

21%
13%

776,341
834,552

19%
27%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report continued

6.2 Current LTI grants
Shares relating to grants of performance rights that have vested are allocated from a trust established to hold shares for this purpose. 
The table below sets out a summary of the LTI grants that were in operation during FY19.

Grant year

Grant date

Performance period

Vesting date

Vesting period

Participation

Performance rights awarded

Performance measure

EPS vesting commences at

TSR vesting commences at 

Dividends paid 

Retesting

Share price at grant date

Volatility p.a.

Discount rate (risk free rate) p.a.

Dividend yield p.a.

FY19

FY18 

FY17

FY161

4 October 2018

26 September 2017

28 September 2016

30 September 2015

5 October 2018  
– 4 October 2022

27 September 2017  
– 26 September 2021

28 September 2016  
– 29 September 2020

30 September 2015  
– 1 October 2019

4 October 2022

26 September 2021

29 September 2020

1 October 2019

4 years

2

4 years

2

4 years

2

CEO   
15,843     

Deputy CEO 
7,921

CEO 
18,975

Deputy CEO 
9,488 

CEO 
20,889

Deputy CEO 
10,445

4 years

1

Deputy CEO 
13,041

50% EPS and 50% TSR

50% EPS and 50% TSR

50% EPS and 50% TSR

50% EPS and 50% TSR

5.1% compound growth

5.1% compound growth

5.1% compound growth

5.1% compound growth

51st percentile

51st percentile

51st percentile

51st percentile

No

No

$62.01

16%

2.2%

3.70%

No

No

$52.62

17%

2.24%

4.00%

$44.83

$23.78

$34.30

No

No

$47.78

17%

1.70%

4.60%

$39.75

$19.62

$29.68

No

No 

$37.88

16%

1.94%

4.75%

$31.32

$15.36

$23.34

Fair value of performance rights  
(EPS awards)
Fair value of performance rights  
(TSR awards)
Weighted average AASB 2 share-based 
payment fair value
1 The grants for FY16 exclude the former CEO Elmer Funke Kupper who resigned 21 March 2016.

$53.48

$24.34

$38.91

As is customary, ASX will submit Dominic Stevens' FY20 LTI grant for shareholder approval at the 2019 Annual General Meeting (AGM).

6.3 FY19 Executive LTI allocations
The following table shows the movement during the financial year in the number of performance-related rights over issued ordinary shares 
in ASX held directly, indirectly or beneficially by the Executives, including their personally related parties.

Held as at  
1 July 2018

Granted as 
compensation 
during the year

Vested during 
the year

Lapsed during 
the year

Held at  
30 June 2019

Current
D J Stevens
P D Hiom
No other KMP had performance-related rights over issued ordinary shares in ASX directly, indirectly or beneficially.

39,864
32,974

15,843
7,921

-
-

-
-

55,707
40,895

6.4 Potential future value of LTI allocations for CEO and Deputy CEO
The following table shows the minimum and maximum values of performance rights that may be received by the CEO and Deputy CEO 
as remuneration in future financial years:

Grant date:
Vesting date:

30 September 2015
1 October 2019

Min $1

Max $2

28 September 2016
29 September 2020
Min $1

Max $2

27 September 2017
26 September 2021

5 October 2018 
4 October 2022

Min $1

Max $2

Min $1

Max $2

Current
D J Stevens
P D Hiom
1 Since the performance rights are issued with a zero exercise price, their minimum total value is nil, on the basis that they will not vest if the applicable  

650,843
325,438

619,986
310,008

N/A
304,377

N/A
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

616,451
308,206

performance/vesting conditions are not met.

2 The amounts represent the maximum fair value for future years of the performance rights yet to vest, as at their grant date. The maximum total value is the 

number of rights issued multiplied by the weighted average fair value.

60 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued

6.5 Holdings of ordinary shares

Current
D J Stevens

P D Hiom

T J Hogben
G L Larkins1
H J Treleaven

Held at 1 July 
2018

Received on vesting  
of rights over  
deferred shares

Allocated under 
deferred STI Plan

Other changes

Held at 30 June 
2019

29,754

60,444

8,820

- 

996

-

-

-

-

-

     17,886 

     9,390 

     4,226 

-

     2,981 

-

-5,845 

       14 

     11,604 

       14 

   47,640 

   63,989 

   13,060 

   11,604 

    3,991 

Former
R Aziz1
37,831
1  Opening balance for Gillian Larkins is effective from her date of commencement on 29 October 2018. Closing balance for Ramy Aziz is effective from his cessation 

36,042

1,789

-

-

date of 31 October 2018.

6.6 Service agreements

Minimum notice periods (months)

Name
D J Stevens

P D Hiom

T J Hogben

G L Larkins

Position held
Managing Director and CEO

Contract effective date
1 August 2016

Executive
6

Deputy CEO

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

1 July 2015

1 April 2010

29 October 2018

1 March 2017

6

3

6

6

H J Treleaven

Chief Risk Officer

Former
R Aziz 2
3
1 The notice period for termination for poor performance requires an initial written notice of one month.
2 R Aziz resigned on 31 October 2018.

Chief Financial Officer

19 July 2010

ASX
12

12

6

12

12

6

Poor performance
3
31
11
31
31

11

7. Non-executive director remuneration arrangements

Non-executive directors receive fees for their contribution on the boards and associated committees on which they serve. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews and recommends to the Board the fees provided to non-executive directors.

Non-executive director fees are set to ensure:

 • ASX non-executive directors are remunerated fairly for their services, recognising the workload and level of skill and experience 

required for the role

 • ASX can attract and retain talented non-executive directors.

7.1 Remuneration structure
ASX reviewed its non-executive director fees in August 2017 and made changes that became effective in October 2017. These were  
determined with regards to the changed responsibilities of non-executive directors across ASX's governance forums. These fees remained 
unchanged through FY19.

Under the non-executive director fee structure, remuneration comprises one base fee (plus superannuation) in respect of a non-executive 
director appointment to the ASX Board and any board committee and/or its subsidiaries. An additional amount is paid to the Chairperson 
of the ASX Limited Board or a committee or subsidiary board.

The aggregate amount paid to non-executive directors is approved by shareholders at the AGM. The maximum aggregate amount  
that may be paid to all ASX non-executive directors in their capacity as members of the ASX Limited Board and its committees, and as 
non-executive directors of subsidiary boards, is $3 million per annum. This was approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM. The amount 
paid in FY19 was $2.49 million. Non-executive directors of independent subsidiary boards who do not serve on the ASX Limited Board 
are not included in the fee pool.

Non-executive directors have no entitlement to any performance-based remuneration or participation in any share-based incentive schemes. 

ASX does not have a non-executive director retirement scheme.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

61

Remuneration report continued

7.2 Non-executive director fee schedule
The following table summarises the fees received for each role on the Board.

  Fees excluding superannuation ($)

Board/Committee

Board1

Audit and Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

Role

Chair

Member

Chair

Chair

2019

550,000

235,000

45,000

20,000

1 ASX Limited Board fees include payment for membership of ASX Limited Board committees and clearing and settlement boards.

7.3 Director fees for FY18 and FY19
The following table sets out the statutory remuneration details for non-executive directors for FY18 and FY19.

Current

R Holliday-Smith

Y A Allen

M B Conrad

K R Henry

P R Marriott

P S Nash

H M Ridout

D Roche1

P H Warne²

Year

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019

2019
2018

2019
2018

2019
2018

Short-term salary 
 and fees

Post-employment 
superannuation

550,000
556,250
235,000 
235,000 
235,000 
213,750 
235,000 
235,000 

280,000 
285,000 

6,603 

255,000 
250,000 

270,000 
270,000 

255,000 
257,500 

20,531
20,049
20,531 
20,049 
20,531 
18,599 
20,531 
20,049 

20,531 
20,049 

627 

20,531 
20,049 

20,531 
20,049 

20,531 
20,049 

2018

550,000

235,000

45,000

20,000

Total 

570,531
576,299
255,531 
255,049 
255,531 
232,349 

255,531 
255,049 

300,531 
305,049 

7,230

275,531 
270,049 

290,531 
290,049 

275,531 
277,549 

1 Fees disclosed for Damian Roche include $35,000 per annum for his role as Chairman of ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Ltd. 
2 Fees disclosed for Peter Warne include $20,000 per annum for his role as Chairman of Austraclear Ltd.

7.4 Equity holdings
The table below sets out current equity holdings for non-executive directors.

R Holliday-Smith

Y A Allen

M B Conrad

K R Henry

P R Marriott

P S Nash

H M Ridout

D Roche

P H Warne

Held as at  
1 July 2018
12,000

Other changes
-

Held at  
30 June 2019
12,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,316

-

5,000

10,000

6,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,316

-

5,000

10,000

6,000

62 ASX Annual Report 2019 Remuneration report continued

Directors' report

The directors present their report, together with the financial  
statements  of  ASX  Limited  (ASX  or  the  Company)  and  its  
subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group), for the year ended 
30 June 2019 (FY19) and the auditor’s report thereon. The financial 
statements have been reviewed and approved by the directors on 
the recommendation of the ASX Audit and Risk Committee.

The FY19 consolidated net profit after tax attributable to the owners 
of ASX was $492.0 million (2018: $445.1 million).

Directors

The directors of ASX in office during the financial year and at the 
date of this report (unless otherwise stated) were as follows:

 • Rick Holliday-Smith (Chairman)
 • Dominic J Stevens (Managing Director and CEO)
 • Yasmin A Allen
 • Melinda B Conrad
 • Ken R Henry AC
 • Peter R Marriott
 • Peter S Nash (appointed 19 June 2019)
 • Heather M Ridout AO
 • Damian Roche
 • Peter H Warne.

Directors’ meetings and attendance at those meetings for FY19 
(including meetings of committees of directors) are disclosed on 
page 43. The qualifications and experience of directors, including 
current and recent directorships, are detailed on pages 37 to 39.

Company secretaries

Daniel Moran 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary,  
BA (UTS) LLB (UNSW)
Daniel Moran is Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.  
Mr Moran joined ASX as Deputy General Counsel in 2010. Prior to 
that he was a Senior Associate in the Australian law firm Herbert 
Smith Freehills. Since joining ASX he has worked across ASX's 
businesses and engaged closely with ASX's boards and committees 
as a lawyer and company secretary.

Daniel  Csillag,  BA  LLB  (UNSW),  General  Manager  Company 
Secretariat and Senior Legal Counsel, is also a Company Secretary.  
As Company Secretary, he is responsible for company secretariat and 
corporate governance support across the Group. He has company 
secretariat experience from his time at ASX and other entities.

Report on the business

Principal activities
During the year the principal activities of the Group consisted  
of providing:

 • Securities exchange and ancillary services

 • Derivatives exchange and ancillary services

 • Central counterparty clearing services

 • Registry, depository, settlement and delivery-versus-payment 

clearing of financial products

 • Technical and information services.

Review of operations
Information on the operations and financial position of the Group, 
and  its  business  strategies  and  prospects,  is  disclosed  in the  
Operating and Financial Review on pages 16 to 25.

Dividends
Information relating to dividends for the current and prior financial 
year, including dividends determined by the Board since the end of 
the financial year, is disclosed in note B3 of the financial statements 
on page 82.

Significant changes in the state of affairs
There were no significant changes in the Group's state of affairs 
during the year.

Events subsequent to balance date
From the end of the period to the date of this report, no matter  
or circumstance has arisen which has significantly affected the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state 
of affairs of the Group.

Likely developments
For  further  information  about  likely  developments  in  the  
operations  of  the  Group,  refer  to  the  Operating  and  
Financial Review on pages 16 to 25. The expected results from those  
operations in future financial years have not been included because  
they depend on factors such as general economic conditions, the 
risks outlined, and the success of ASX's strategies, some of which 
are outside the control of the Group.

Environmental regulation
The operations of the Group are not subject to any particular or 
significant environmental regulations under a Federal, State or 
Territory law.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Directors' report

63

Directors' report continued

Indemnification and insurance of officers
The Group has paid insurance premiums for directors’ and officers’ 
liability for current and former directors and officers of the Company, 
its subsidiaries and related entities. 

The insurance policies prohibit disclosure of the nature of the liabilities 
insured against and the amount of the premiums.

The constitution of ASX provides that every person who is or has 
been a director, secretary or executive officer of the Company, 
and each other officer or former officer of the Company (or of its 
related bodies corporate as the directors in each case determine), 
is indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted 
by law. The indemnity covers losses or liabilities incurred by the 
person as a director or officer, including but not limited to liability 
for negligence and for legal costs on a full indemnity basis.

Performance rights over issued shares
At the date of this report, ASX had 96,602 performance rights 
outstanding (2018: 72,838). For further details on the performance 
rights  including  performance  hurdles for vesting,  refer to the  
Remuneration Report on pages 48 to 62.

During the year, no performance rights vested or lapsed under any 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). In the prior year, 8,065 performance 
rights vested as a result of partial attainment of hurdles under the 
September 2014 LTIP and 19,367 rights lapsed.

Proceedings on behalf of the Group
No application for leave has been made under section 237 of the 
Corporations Act 2001 in respect of the Group and no proceedings 
have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Group under 
that section.

Remuneration Report 
Information on remuneration for the ASX Limited Board and Key 
Management Personnel (KMP), is contained in the Remuneration 
Report on pages 48 to 62.

Non-audit services
Details of the amounts paid or payable to the Group's auditor 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) and its related practices for non-audit 
services provided during the year are set out in note F5.3 of the 
financial statements on page 107.

Directors’ declaration of satisfaction with independence 
of auditor
The Board of directors has considered the non-audit services 
provided during the year by the auditor and in accordance with written 
advice provided by resolution of the Audit and Risk Committee, is 
satisfied that the provision of those non-audit services is compatible 
with, and did not compromise, the auditor independence requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

 • Non-audit services were subject to the corporate governance 
procedures adopted by the Group and have been reviewed by 
the Audit and Risk Committee

 • Non-audit services provided do not undermine the general 

principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 
110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants, as they did not 
involve reviewing or auditing the auditor’s own work, acting in 
a management or decision-making capacity for the Company, 
acting as an advocate for the Company or jointly sharing risks 
and rewards.

A copy of the Auditor’s Independence Declaration as required under 
section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is on page 65.

Rounding of amounts
ASX  is  a  company  of  the  kind  referred  to  in ASIC  Legislative 
Instrument 2016/191. Amounts in the financial statements and 
the Directors' Report have been rounded to the nearest thousand 
or hundred thousand dollars in accordance with that instrument, 
unless otherwise indicated.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Rick Holliday-Smith 
Chairman

Dominic Stevens 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Sydney, 15 August 2019

64 ASX Annual Report 2019 Directors' report continued

Auditor’s independence declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of ASX Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there 
have been:

a.  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

b. no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of ASX Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.

Voula Papageorgiou 
Partner

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney, 15 August 2019

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001  
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

Level 11, 1PSQ, 169 Macquarie Street, Parramatta NSW 2150, PO Box 1155 Parramatta NSW 2124 
T: +61 2 9659 2476, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Auditor’s independence declaration

65

 
Statutory report – financial statements

Other balance sheet assets and liabilities
E1 Trade and other receivables 
E2 Intangible assets  

E3 Property, plant and equipment 

E4 Trade and other payables 

E5 Provisions 

Group disclosures

F1 Subsidiaries 

F2 Deed of Cross Guarantee 

F3 Related party transactions 

F4 Parent entity financial information 

F5 Other disclosures 

        F5.1 Commitments 

        F5.2 Share-based payments 

        F5.3 Auditor’s remuneration 

        F5.4 Subsequent events 

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report 

98

98

100

101

101

102

103

104

104

105

105

105 

107

107

108

109

Contents

Consolidated financial statements 

Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of cash flows  

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Significant accounting policies

A1 Significant accounting policies 

A2 New and amended standards 

A3 Reclassification of prior year balances 

A4 Changes in accounting policies 

Performance of the Group

B1 Segment reporting 

B2 Revenue from contracts with customers 

B3 Dividends 

B4 Capital management 

B5 Earnings per share 

B6 Taxation 

Risk management

C1 Clearing risk 

C2 Cash 

C3 Financial risk  

Investments

D1 Investments in equity instruments 

D2 Equity accounted investments 

D3 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

67

68

69

70

72

73

73

75

78

80

82

82

83

84

85

86

87

96

96

97

66 ASX Annual Report 2019 Statutory report – financial statements

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June

Revenue

Listings and Issuer Services

Derivatives and OTC Markets

Trading Services

Equity Post-Trade Services

Interest income

Dividend income

Share of net (loss) of equity accounted investments

Other

Expenses

Staff 

Occupancy 

Equipment 

Administration

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Other

Profit before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss1
Change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets¹

Change in the fair value of investments in equity instruments²

Change in the fair value of cash flow hedges

Items that cannot be reclassified to profit or loss
Change in the fair value of investments in equity instruments

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)

Note

B2

B2

B2

B2

D2
B2

E2, E3

D2

B6

B5

2019 
$m

                       222.5

                      309.5

                      230.9

                      108.4

                       216.2

                           5.1  

                           (5.1)

                            1.9

                     1,089.4

(127.7)

(17.9)

(32.2)

(41.3)

(117.4)

(47.8)

-

(384.3)

705.1

(213.1)

492.0

-

-

-

(7.9)

(7.9)

484.1

254.1

2018 
$m

222.9

286.7

211.8

105.3

170.9

14.2

(0.4)

1.6

1,013.0

(114.6)

(16.4)

(29.4)

(40.3)

(102.4)

(47.6)

(20.2)

(370.9)

642.1

(197.0)

445.1

(0.9)

(10.3)

1.2

-

(10.0)

435.1

230.0

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)
1  In the prior year, $0.2 million was reclassified from equity to profit or loss following the sale of available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets prior to their maturity. 
The AFS financial assets have been reclassified to financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) on 1 July 
2018 following the adoption of AASB 9 Financial Instruments. Therefore there will no longer be any fair value movements recognised in equity and subsequently 
reclassified to profit or loss on sale.

254.1

230.0

B5

² The AFS investments have been renamed to investments in equity instruments on the balance sheet. Following the adoption of AASB 9 Financial Instruments, 

these have been designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI) and any gain on sale remains within equity.

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

67

Consolidated balance sheet

As at 30 June

Current assets
Cash1
Other financial assets at amortised cost

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss²

Available-for-sale financial assets³

Trade and other receivables

Prepayments

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Investments in equity instruments4
Equity accounted investments

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss²

Intangible assets

Net deferred tax asset

Property, plant and equipment

Prepayments

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Amounts owing to participants

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Revenue received in advance

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Amounts owing to participants 

Net deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Revenue received in advance

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued capital

Retained earnings

Restricted capital reserve

Asset revaluation reserve

Equity compensation reserve

Total equity

Note

A3,C2

A3,A4,C3

C3,D3

A4,C3

E1

D1

D2

D3

E2

B6

E3

C1

E4

E5

B2

C1

B6

E5

B2

B4

 2019 
$m

333.1

10,825.4

1,111.8

-

390.6

17.5

12,678.4

24.3

52.0

-

2,458.3

45.3

61.5

10.5

2,651.9

15,330.3

10,601.0

349.3

89.9

15.2

83.1

2018¹ 
$m

377.2

5,186.7

-

4,001.4

373.2

17.4

9,955.9

416.4

53.1

4.8

2,438.1

-

54.4

0.3

2,967.1

12,923.0

8,295.8

354.3

17.1

14.6

22.4

11,138.5

8,704.2

200.0

-

9.6

65.8

275.4

11,413.9

3,916.4

3,027.2

801.7

71.5

0.4

15.6

3,916.4

200.0

64.7

8.5

0.1

273.3

8,977.5

3,945.5

3,027.2

666.7

71.5

168.4

11.7

3,945.5

¹ The cash and other financial assets at amortised cost line items were previously reported as cash and funds on deposit in the prior year financial statements. 

Refer to note A3 for further details.

² In the current year, the convertible note included within financial assets at fair value through profit or loss has been reclassified to current assets.
³ The AFS financial assets were reclassified to financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVTPL on 1 July 2018 following the adoption of AASB 9. 

Refer to note A4 for further details.

4 This line item was called available-for-sale investments in the prior year.

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

68 ASX Annual Report 2019 Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 

Opening balance at 1 July 2018
Change in accounting policies

Restated balance at 1 July 2018 
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income 
for the year

Note

A4

Transfers within equity

D1

Total comprehensive income for 
the period, net of tax

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:
Incentive plans –
value of employee services

Dividends paid

F5.2

B3

Issued 
capital 
$m

3,027.2
-

3,027.2
-

-

-

-

-

-

Closing balance at 30 June 2019

3,027.2

Opening balance 1 July 2017
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income 
for the year

Total comprehensive income for 
the period, net of tax

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:
Incentive plans –
value of employee services

Dividends paid

F5.2

B3

3,027.2
-

-

-

-

-

Closing balance at 30 June 2018

3,027.2

Retained 
earnings 
$m

666.7
                  (85.0)

581.7
492.0

-

160.7

652.7

-

(432.7)

801.7

622.2
445.1

-

445.1

-

(400.6)

666.7

Restricted 
capital 
reserve 
$m

Asset 
revaluation 
reserve 
$m

Equity 
compensation 
reserve 
$m

71.5
-

71.5
-

-

-

-

-

-

71.5

71.5
-

-

-

-

-

168.4
0.6

169.0
-

(7.9)

                (160.7)

(168.6)

-

-

0.4

178.4
-

(10.0)

(10.0)

-

-

71.5

168.4

11.7
-

11.7
-

-

-

-

3.9

-

15.6

8.8
-

-

-

2.9

-

11.7

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Total 
equity
$m

3,945.5
(84.4)

3,861.1
492.0

(7.9)

-

484.1

3.9

(432.7)

3,916.4

3,908.1
445.1

(10.0)

435.1

2.9

(400.6)

3,945.5

ASX Annual Report 2019 Consolidated statement of changes in equity

69

Consolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 30 June

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Increase in participants’ margins and commitments

Net movement in financial assets at amortised cost

Interest received

Interest paid

Dividends received

Income taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Receipts from the sale of equity instruments

Payments for equity accounted investments

Payments for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Payments for other non-current assets

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

Net decrease in cash
Increase in the fair value of cash

Increase in cash due to changes in foreign exchange rates

Cash at the beginning of the year

Cash at the end of the year

Total funds available for the Group to invest comprises the following

As at 30 June
ASX Group funds

Participants’ margins and commitments

Less: non-cash collateral

Total

Cash

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Available-for-sale financial assets (excluding non-cash collateral lodged by participants)

Total

Note

D1

D3

B3

C2

C1

C1

C2

C3

2019
$m

941.8

(297.3)

644.5
1,603.3

(1,969.7)

133.5

(116.2)

5.1

(210.6)

89.9

380.7

(4.0)

-

(84.6)

292.1

(432.7)

(432.7)

(50.7)
-

6.6

377.2

333.1

1,464.0

10,801.0

(1,106.5)

11,158.5

333.1

10,825.4

-

11,158.5

2018¹
$m

891.7

(248.0)

643.7
208.3

(323.1)

122.2

(101.9)

14.2

(196.4)

367.0

-

(7.0)

(4.6)

(48.3)

(59.9)

(400.6)

(400.6)

(93.5)
1.8

4.7

464.2

377.2

1,069.5

8,495.8

(411.2)

9,154.1

377.2

5,186.7

3,590.2

9,154.1

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

70 ASX Annual Report 2019 Consolidated statement of cash flows

Consolidated statement of cash flows continued

Reconciliation of the operating profit after income tax to the net cash flows from operating activities

For the year ended 30 June

Net profit after tax

Non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments

Share of net (loss) of equity accounted investments

Foreign currency revaluation

Impairment of equity accounted investments

Total non-cash items

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in other financial assets at amortised cost²

(Increase) in financial assets at FVTPL

Increase in tax balances²
(Increase) in receivables3
(Increase) in prepayments

Increase in amounts owing to participants
Increase in trade and other payables3
Increase in revenue received in advance2
Increase in provisions3

2019
$m

492.0

47.8

3.9

5.1

(6.8)

-

50.0

(2,048.0)

(695.3)

2.5

(15.6)

(10.3)

2,305.2 

2.5

5.3

1.6

2018¹
$m

445.1

47.6

2.9

0.4

(4.9)

20.2

66.2

(370.0)

(198.1)

0.4

(3.3)

(0.1)

411.1

11.1

4.2

0.4

Net cash inflow from operating activities
¹  The prior year has been restated to reflect the change in classification of certain assets as cash equivalents. Refer to note A3 for further details.
²  Adjustments for changes in accounting policies are excluded, refer to note A4 for details.
³  Changes in assets and liabilities from investing and financing activities such as margins receivable/payable, certain accruals, makegood provisions and securities 

89.9

367.0

pledged under repurchase agreements are excluded.

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Consolidated statement of cash flows continued

71

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Significant accounting policies

A1 Significant accounting policies

(a) Basis of preparation
ASX Limited (ASX or the Company) is a company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia and is a for-profit entity for 
the purposes of preparing the financial statements. The financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2019 are for the consolidated 
entity which consists of ASX and its subsidiaries (together referred 
to as the Group) and were authorised for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 15 August 2019. The directors have the power to amend 
and reissue the financial statements. 

The financial statements are general purpose financial statements that:

 • have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and 
other authoritative pronouncements issued by the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB)

 • include the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of the 

Company as at 30 June 2019 and the results of the subsidiaries 
for the year then ended. Inter-entity transactions with, or 
between, subsidiaries are eliminated in full on consolidation

 • have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for financial 
assets at FVTPL and investments in equity instruments which 
have been measured at FVTOCI (refer to notes C3, D1 and D3)

 • are measured and presented in Australian dollars which is 
ASX’s functional and presentation currency with all values 
rounded to the nearest thousand or hundred thousand dollars 
in accordance with ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191, unless 
otherwise indicated.

(b) Key judgements and estimates
In  the  process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies, 
management  has  made  a  number  of  judgements  and  applied  
estimates concerning future events. Judgements and estimates that 
are material to the financial report are found in the following notes:

 • B2 Revenue from contracts with customers

 • D1 Investments in equity instruments

 • D2 Equity accounted investments

 • D3 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 • E2 Intangible assets.

Key judgements and estimates are contained in shaded text and 
included in the relevant note.

(c) Accounting policies
Foreign currency translation
Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  Australian 
dollars, being the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates (the functional currency), using the 
exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such  
transactions, and from the translation at period end exchange rates of  
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are  
recognised in profit or loss, except where they are deferred in equity 
as qualifying cash flow hedges (refer to note C3) and investments 
in equity instruments (refer to note D1).

Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues and expenses are recognised net of the amount of Goods 
and Services Tax (GST), except where the amount of GST is not 
recoverable from the taxation authority. In these circumstances the 
GST is recognised as part of the item of expense to which it relates.

Assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the 
amount of GST is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In 
these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset. Receivables and payables are stated with 
the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as a current 
asset or liability. 

Cash flows are reported on a gross basis and inclusive of GST. The 
GST components of cash flows arising from investing and financing 
activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation 
authority are classified as operating cash flows.

Other accounting policies
Other significant accounting policies are contained in shaded text 
and are included in the relevant note. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

(d) Reclassification of prior year balances
In the current year, the classification of certain amounts on the 
balance sheet and statement of cash flows have been reassessed 
and determined to no longer be cash equivalents. The comparatives 
have been restated to align with the new classification. Refer to 
note A3 for further details.

72 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Significant accounting policies 

A2 New and amended standards

(a) New and amended standards and interpretations 
adopted by the Group 

The AASB has issued a number of standards and amendments to 
standards that are mandatory for the first time in the reporting 
period commenced 1 July 2018. The following standards have been 
identified as having a material impact on adoption and in future 
reporting periods:

 • AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9)

 • AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15).

The impact of adopting AASB 9 and AASB 15 are disclosed in note 
A4. All other standards and amendments to standards issued  
by the AASB do not materially affect the amounts recognised 
in prior, current or future periods. The Group did not apply any 
pronouncements before their operative date in the financial year 
ended 30 June 2019.

(b) New and amended standards and interpretations 
not yet adopted by the Group
The AASB has issued a number of new or amended accounting 
standards and interpretations that are not mandatory for the first 
time in the reporting period commenced 1 July 2018. The Group has 
assessed these standards and interpretations and determined that 
AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) will have a material impact on the Group in 
future reporting periods. The impact of this standard is set out below.

AASB 16 is mandatory for periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019 and will be adopted by the Group on the mandatory date of 
1 July 2019. It replaces AASB 117 Leases (AASB 117) and contains 
a revised definition of a lease and has removed the distinction 
between operating and finance leases by lessees. Under the new 
standard, a non financial asset that represents the right to use the 
leased item and a financial liability that represents the obligation to 
pay rent will be recognised on the balance sheet. The asset will be 
depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis and interest 
expense will be charged on the lease liability. The interest charge 
will result in a higher expense in the early years of the lease which 
will impact certain ratios and metrics. EBITDA will be impacted as 
the expense will be recognised within depreciation and amortisation 
and finance costs rather than operating expense. Short-term leases 
or leases of low value assets are exempted from the application of 
this standard and will continue to be expensed on a straight-line 
basis within occupancy expense.

The Group intends to apply the modified retrospective approach 
on transition. Under this approach, comparative amounts will not 
be restated and the right of use (ROU) asset will be equal to the 
amount of the lease liability less any accrued amounts under AASB 117.  
On adoption of the standard, the Group will recognise a ROU asset 
of $80.6 million and a lease liability of $84.4 million. The lease  
provisions of $3.8 million as at 30 June 2019 recognised under AASB 
117 will be reversed and adjusted against the ROU asset. As a result 
of the adoption of the new standard, the Group expects the FY20 net 
profit after tax to be $1.6 million lower due to the front loading of the 
expense. The EBITDA reported in the segment results is expected to 
be approximately $11.5 million higher as the lease expense that is 
included within operating expenses under AAB 117 will instead be 
recognised within depreciation and amortisation and finance costs 
which are excluded from this measure. Operating cash flows are 
expected to increase as the lease payments will be recognised within 
financing cash flows.

There are no other standards or amendments to standards that are 
not yet effective that are expected to have a material impact on the 
Group in the current or future reporting periods.

A3 Reclassification of prior year balances
In the current year, the Group reassessed the classification of its 
cash and cash equivalents and determined that certain funds on 
deposit and debt and money market instruments no longer meet 
the criteria to be classified as a cash equivalent.

In  prior  years,  all  cash  and  funds  on  deposit  and  all  AFS  
financial assets were classified as cash and cash equivalents on the 
basis that they were readily convertible to known amounts of cash, 
subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and the weighted  
average maturity of the investment portfolio was considered to be  
short-term. The Group has now determined that the term deposits, 
reverse repurchase agreements and notice deposits previously 
included within cash and funds on deposit and the negotiable certif-
icates of deposit, bonds, promissory notes, treasury notes, and 
floating rate notes that were previously classified as AFS financial 
assets in the prior years do not meet the criteria to be classified as 
cash equivalents. This is because the maturity of the instruments 
at the acquisition date in some instances is greater than 3 months 
and they are ultimately held for investment purposes rather than 
to meet short-term cash commitments. For comparability purposes, 
the prior year balances have been reclassified in the balance sheet 
and statement of cash flows.

The following tables show the reclassifications for each individual line 
item in the financial statements. Line items that were not affected 
by the change have not been included. As a result, the sub-totals and 
totals disclosed cannot be recalculated from the numbers provided. 

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the financial statements continued  

73

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Significant accounting policies

Consolidated balance sheet (extract)

As at 30 June
Cash

Cash and funds on deposit

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Total current assets

Consolidated statement of cash flows (extract)

For the year ended 30 June

Cash flows from operating activities
Increase in participants' margins and commitments

Net movement in other financial assets at amortised cost

Interest received

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Increase in participants' margins and commitments

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Net increase in cash
Increase in the fair value of cash

Increase in cash due to changes in foreign exchange rates

Cash at the beginning of the year

Cash at the end of the year

Total funds available for the Group to invest comprises the following

As at 30 June
ASX Group funds

Participants' margins and commitments

Less: non-cash collateral

Total

Reported 2018
$m
-

5,563.9

-

9,955.9

Adjustment

377.2

(5,563.9)

5,186.7

-

Restated 2018
$m
377.2

-

5,186.7

9,955.9

-

-

169.1

528.7

404.5

344.6

472.7
0.4

6.6

9,085.6

9,565.3

1,069.5

8,495.8

-

9,565.3

208.3

(323.1)

(46.9)

(161.7)

(404.5)

(404.5)

(566.2)
1.4

(1.9)

(8,621.4)

(9,188.1)

-

-

(411.2)

(411.2)

208.3

(323.1)

122.2

367.0

-

(59.9)

(93.5)
1.8

4.7

464.2

377.2

1,069.5

8,495.8

(411.2)

9,154.1

Reconciliation of the operating profit after income tax to the net cash flows from operating activities (extract)

For the year ended 30 June

Non-cash items:
Foreign currency revaluation

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in other financial assets at amortised cost

(Increase) in financial assets at FVTPL

Increase in amounts owing to participants

Net cash inflow from operating activities

(0.2)

(4.7)

(4.9)

-

-

-

528.7

(370.0)

(198.1)

411.1

(161.7)

(370.0)

(198.1)

411.1

367.0

74 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Significant accounting policies

A4 Changes in accounting policies

The Group has adopted AASB 9 and AASB 15 from 1 July 2018. This has resulted in changes in accounting policies and adjustments to the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements. In accordance with the transition provisions in AASB 9 (7.2.15) and (7.2.22) and AASB 15(C3)
(b), the Group has applied both standards retrospectively, however comparative periods have not been restated. The opening balance 
sheet on 1 July 2018 has been adjusted to recognise the cumulative effect of applying the standard retrospectively.

The following table shows the adjustments recognised for each individual line item in the financial statements on 1 July 2018 on adoption of 
AASB 9 and AASB 15. This is following the reclassification of prior year balances as described in note A3. Line items that were not affected 
by the changes have not been included. As a result, the sub-totals and totals disclosed cannot be recalculated from the numbers provided.

Consolidated balance sheet (extract)

As at

Current assets
Cash

Cash and funds on deposit

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Available-for-sale financial assets

Financial assets at FVTPL

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Revenue received in advance

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

Revenue received in advance

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

Equity
Retained earnings

Asset revaluation reserve

30 June 2018
Reported
$m

Reclassifications¹
$m

30 June 2018
Restated¹
$m

AASB 9
$m

AASB 15
$m

1 July 2018
Restated
$m

-

5,563.9

-

4,001.4

-

9,955.9

12,923.0

22.4

8,704.2

64.7

0.1

273.3

8,977.5

3,945.5

666.7

168.4

377.2

(5,563.9)

5,186.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

377.2

-

5,186.7

4,001.4

-

9,955.9

12,923.0

22.4

8,704.2

64.7

0.1

273.3

8,977.5

3,945.5

666.7

168.4

-

-

3,590.7

(4,001.4)

411.2

0.5

0.5

-

-

0.2

-

0.2

0.2

0.3

(0.3)

0.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

57.8

57.8

(36.4)

63.3

26.9

84.7

(84.7)

(84.7)

-

377.2

-

8,777.4

-

411.2

9,956.4

12,923.5

80.2

8,762.0

28.5

63.4

300.4

9,062.4

3,861.1

581.7

169.0

Total equity
¹ The 30 June 2018 balances above were restated for the reclassification of certain cash balances as described in note A3 prior to the adoption of AASB 9 and 

3,945.5

3,945.5

(84.7)

0.3

-

3,861.1

AASB 15 on 1 July 2018.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

75

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Significant accounting policies

(a) AASB 9
The new standard replaces AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139). It has changed the criteria for 
classifying and measuring financial instruments and introduces a new expected credit loss (ECL) model for calculating impairment. It also 
aligns hedge accounting more closely with common risk management practices.

Classification and measurement
There has been no impact on the accounting for the Group's financial liabilities which continue to be classified and measured at amortised 
cost under the new standard. The classification and measurement model of financial assets has been revised and is now based on an entity’s 
business model for managing the assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics as described in the accounting policy within note C3 
on page 87.

The Group has assessed all financial assets to determine the characteristics of the contractual cash flows (CCFs) and the business model 
that applies and reclassified them accordingly. The following table summarises the reclassification of financial instruments made on  
1 July 2018 following the adoption of AASB 9.

Measurement category

New
(AASB 9)

Original
(AASB 139)

Classification

Original
(AASB 139)

Carrying value

New
$m

Original
$m

Variance
$m

As at 1 July 2018

Current financial assets
Cash

Funds on deposit

Debt and money market instruments

Debt instruments lodged by participants

FVTPL

Trade and other receivables

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Loans and receivables

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Loans and receivables

Amortised cost

Loans and receivables

FVTOCI

FVTOCI

AFS

AFS

377.2

5,186.5

3,590.9

411.2

373.2

377.2

5,186.7

3,590.2

411.2

373.2

Non-current financial assets
Equity securities

Convertible notes

Current financial liabilities
Amounts owing to participants

Trade and other payables¹

FVTOCI

FVTPL

FVTOCI

FVTPL

AFS

FVTPL

416.4

4.8

416.4

4.8

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

8,295.8

8,295.8

348.2

348.2

Non-current financial liabilities
Amounts owing to participants
1 Excludes transaction taxes payable which are not financial instruments as they are statutory obligations.

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

200.0

200.0

-

(0.2)

0.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(i) Reclassification from AFS to amortised cost 
Prior to the adoption of the standard, the Group's debt and money market instruments were classified as AFS and measured at FVTOCI. 
On initial adoption of AASB 9 all debt securities, other than those lodged by participants to cover margin obligations, were reclassified and 
measured at amortised cost. This is because the Group intends to hold the securities to maturity to collect the CCFs and these CCFs are solely 
payments of principal and interest (SPPI).

As allowed by AASB 9, the comparative period has not been restated and the adjustments have been reflected in the opening balance 
sheet. The 30 June 2018 fair value impact of $0.9 million was reversed on adoption and adjusted against the opening carrying value of 
the securities. Corresponding adjustments of $0.6 million and $0.3 million were made to the asset revaluation reserve and net deferred 
tax liability respectively. The opening carrying value of the securities was adjusted by ($0.4) million to recognise the ECL allowance. 
Corresponding adjustments of ($0.3) million and ($0.1)million were made to retained earnings and net deferred tax liability.

The fair value of the other financial assets at amortised cost that were previously measured at FVTOCI as at 30 June 2019 is $4,400.7 
million (refer to note C3(d)(ii)). A fair value gain of $3.2 million net of tax would have been recognised in other comprehensive income if 
the financial assets had not been reclassified. 

(ii) Reclassification from AFS to FVTPL
Debt securities lodged by participants to satisfy margin obligations have been reclassified from AFS to FVTPL as these are not held to 
collect the CCFs and therefore do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVTOCI. This has not had a material impact on the current 
year financial statements and is not expected to have a material impact in future financial periods.

(iii) Reclassification from AFS to FVTOCI
The Group has made the election to designate its investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI. As these investments were previously 
classified as AFS and measured at FVTOCI there is no impact to their measurement on adoption of AASB 9. There will only be an impact 
when the investments are sold as any gain or loss on sale must remain in equity and can no longer be recycled to profit or loss. The gain 
or loss can however be transferred from the asset revaluation reserve to other components of equity.

76 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Significant accounting policies

(b) AASB 15
Under AASB 15, revenue is recognised using a five step approach to 
depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects 
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Refer to the 
accounting policy in note B2 on page 80 for details of the five steps.

The recognition of initial and subsequent listing fees have been 
impacted by the new approach outlined above. These fees were 
previously recognised on the date of admission or quotation of 
the shares. Under AASB 15, these listing fees are deferred and 
recognised over the period in which it is estimated that the listing 
service will be provided. This is because the services provided in 
relation to the initial or subsequent listing are not considered to be 
distinct from the ongoing listing service provided throughout the 
period which the entity is listed.

Based on historical data, the Group has determined that the revenue 
will be deferred and recognised over the following periods:

Initial listing fees 
Subsequent listings fees 

5 years 
3 years

The Group has applied the above accounting policies retrospectively 
but has not restated the prior year. This resulted in an adjustment 
to opening retained earnings of $84.7 million net of tax. The Group 
has recognised an additional contract liability of $121.1 million upon 
adoption, which is represented within revenue received in advance 
on the Group’s balance sheet. This additional contract liability relates 
to listing fees recognised in prior years for which the performance 
obligations had not been satisfied at 30 June 2018. The adoption 
of AASB 15 did not have a material impact on the measurement 
or timing of revenue recognition on other revenue from contracts 
with customers.

Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  is  measured  at  the  
transaction price specified in the contract and is net of amounts 
expected to be refunded to the customer such as rebates. Revenue 
also excludes any taxes collected on behalf of third parties. Further 
details of the Group’s accounting policies in relation to revenue from 
contracts with customers are provided in note B2.

Impairment of financial assets
AASB 9 introduces a new model for calculating impairment which 
impacts both the measurement and the timing of the provision 
recognised. Under this new model, the Group recognises an expected 
credit loss on day 1. The measurement of the ECL depends on the 
level of credit risk. If there has been no significant increase in credit 
risk since initial recognition, the Group recognises a 12 month ECL 
which is the total credit losses from expected defaults in the next 
12 months. If there has been a significant increase in credit risk 
since initial recognition or if the asset is credit impaired then the 
Group recognises a lifetime ECL which is the total credit losses 
from all expected defaults. As a result of this change in impairment 
methodology, the Group adjusted the opening retained earnings on 
1 July 2018 by $0.3 million net of tax.

The Group’s financial assets that are subject to AASB 9’s new 
expected credit loss model include:

 • Cash

 • Trade and other receivables

 • Other financial assets at amortised cost.

Cash and other receivables
Cash and other receivables are subject to the new impairment 
requirements under AASB 9 however the impact is not material 
and no impairment allowance has been recognised on adoption 
of the standard.

Trade receivables
The Group applies the simplified approach to measuring ECLs for 
trade receivables where the lifetime ECL is recognised. To measure 
the ECLs, the trade receivables have been grouped by days past 
due and default rates have been applied to each group. The default 
rates have been estimated based on historical rates over a 4 year 
period. On adoption of AASB 9, the resulting ECL calculated under 
this method was compared to the existing provision recognised 
under AASB 139. As this did not result in a material difference, no 
adjustment was made on adoption of the standard.

Other financial assets at amortised cost
Other financial assets at amortised cost include:

 • Fixed term deposits

 • Notice deposits

 • Reverse repurchase agreements

 • Negotiable certificates of deposit (NCDs)

 • Bonds

 • Floating rate notes (FRNs)

 • Promissory notes (P-Notes)

 • Treasury notes (T-Notes).

The new ECL model when applied, resulted in the recognition of a 
loss allowance of $0.3 million net of tax on 1 July 2018 (previous 
allowance was nil). The adjustment was made through retained 
earnings. There has been no material movement in the year ended 
30 June 2019.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

77

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

B1 Segment reporting

(a) Description of segment
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified 
as the Managing Director and CEO. 

The CODM assesses performance of the Group as a single segment, being an integrated organisation that provides a multi-asset class 
product offering which includes:

 • Listing and issuer services offered to public companies and other issuers

 • Trading venue or exchange activities for trading

 • Clearing and settlement activities

 • Exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) products

 • Information and technical services supporting the Group's activities.

Multi-asset class service offerings include equities, interest rate, commodity and energy products across cash and derivatives markets. 

In addition to reviewing performance based on statutory profit after tax, the CODM assesses the performance of the Group based on 
underlying profit after tax. This measure excludes amounts regarded as significant items of revenue and expense such as those that may 
be associated with significant business restructuring or individual transactions of an infrequent nature. In the prior reporting period, the 
impairment to the carrying value of the equity investment in Yieldbroker was treated as a significant item and excluded from underlying 
profit after tax.

Group performance measures, including earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amor-
tisation (EBITDA), are also reviewed by the CODM. In assessing performance, ECL allowances and arrangements where revenue is shared 
with external parties are reclassified from expenses to operating revenue; certain expenses are reclassified within operating expenses; 
and interest income is presented net of interest expense.

(b) Segment results
The information provided on a regular basis to the CODM, along with a reconciliation to statutory profit after tax for the period attributable 
to owners of the Company, are presented on the following page. 

ASX derives all external customer revenue within Australia with some services accessible, and some customers located, offshore.

No single customer generates revenue greater than 10% of the Group’s total revenue.

78 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

For the year ended 30 June

Revenue
Listings 

Issuer Services

Listings and Issuer Services
Equity options

Futures and OTC clearing

Austraclear

Derivatives and OTC Markets
Cash market trading

Information services

Technical services

Trading Services
Cash market clearing

Cash market settlement

Equity Post-Trade Services

Other

Operating revenue
Interest income

Dividend income

Share of net (loss) of equity 
accounted investments

Total revenue

Expenses
Staff

Occupancy

Equipment

Administration

Variable

ASIC levy

Operating expenses

EBITDA
Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Other

Total expenses

EBIT

Net interest and dividend income
Net interest income

Net interest on participant 
balances

Dividend income

Net interest and dividend income

Underlying profit before tax

Income tax expense

Underlying profit after tax

Significant items1

Net profit after tax

1 Refer to note D2 for further details.

2019

2018

Segment
information
$m

Adjustments
$m

Consolidated
income statement
$m

Segment
information
$m

Adjustments
$m

Consolidated
income statement
$m

171.1

49.1

220.2
19.9

232.9

55.8

308.6
51.7

96.3

81.6

229.6
54.4

54.0

108.4

(3.0)

863.8

(127.7)

(17.9)

(30.7)

(22.5)

(8.4)

(7.6)

(214.8)

649.0
-

(47.8)

-

(47.8)

601.2

23.4

75.4

5.1

103.9

705.1

(213.1)

492.0

-

492.0

2.3

-

2.3
0.3

0.5

0.1

0.9
-

-

1.3

1.3
-

-

-

4.9

216.2

5.1

(5.1)

225.6

-

-

(1.5)

(18.8)

8.4

7.6

(117.4)

-

-

(121.7)

(23.4)

(75.4)

(5.1)

(103.9)

-

-

-

-

-

173.4

49.1

222.5
20.2

233.4

55.9

309.5
51.7

96.3

82.9

230.9
54.4

54.0

108.4

1.9

216.2

5.1

(5.1)

1,089.4

(127.7)

(17.9)

(32.2)

(41.3)

-

-

(117.4)

(47.8)

-

(384.3)

-

-

-

-

705.1

(213.1)

492.0

-

492.0

171.4

49.2

220.6
21.9

212.5

52.0

286.4
45.7

90.1

74.1

209.9
51.9

52.9

104.8

1.0

822.7

(114.6)

(16.4)

(27.9)

(22.4)

(7.9)

(6.3)

(195.5)

627.2
-

(47.6)

-

(47.6)

579.6

18.2

50.3

14.2

82.7

662.3

(197.0)

465.3

(20.2)

445.1

2.3

-

2.3
0.2

-

0.1

0.3
0.3

-

1.6

1.9
0.4

0.1

0.5

0.6

170.9

14.2

(0.4)

190.3

-

-

(1.5)

(17.9)

7.9

6.3

(102.4)

-

(20.2)

(127.8)

(18.2)

(50.3)

(14.2)

(82.7)

(20.2)

-

(20.2)

20.2

-

173.7

49.2

222.9
22.1

212.5

52.1

286.7
46.0

90.1

75.7

211.8
52.3

53.0

105.3

1.6

170.9

14.2

(0.4)

1,013.0

(114.6)

(16.4)

(29.4)

(40.3)

-

-

(102.4)

(47.6)

(20.2)

(370.9)

-

-

-

-

642.1

(197.0)

445.1

-

445.1

Revenues and expenses are recognised net of the amount of Goods and Services Tax (GST), except where the amount of GST is not recoverable from 
the taxation authority. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the item of expense to which it relates.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

79

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

Refer to note A4 for details on the changes in accounting policies 
following the adoption of AASB 15.

The Group expects 55% of the transaction price allocated to the 
above contract liabilities to be recognised as revenue within the next 
financial year. The remaining 45% all relates to initial and subsequent 
listings and will be recognised as revenue between FY21 and FY25.

(i) Significant changes in contract liabilities
The opening balance of the revenue received in advance at 1 July 2018 
was $143.5 million. The increase in the contract liabilities in the 
current year is largely related to initial listing activities. The Group 
bills companies upfront and recognises this amount as a contract 
liability for unsatisfied performance obligations. Revenue recognition 
commences from the date the company lists on the exchange and is 
amortised over the estimated period the listing service is expected 
to be provided as set out in the accounting policy.

(ii) Revenue recognised in relation to carried forward 
contract liabilities
The following table shows the revenue recognised in the current year 
that relates to the opening balance of revenue received in advance.

For the year ended 30 June
Listings and Issuer Services

Austraclear

Information services

Memberships

Total

2019
$m
60.2

10.5

3.2

1.2

75.1

(b) Contract assets
The Group did not have any contract assets at 30 June 2019.

B2 Revenue from contracts with customers

As allowed by AASB 15, the prior year has not been restated and 
comparative disclosures have not been provided in this note.

(a) Disaggregation of revenue
The Group derives its revenue from the transfer of services over time 
and at a point in time. The following table provides a breakdown of 
revenue by the timing of when performance obligations are satisfied 
and by major business line.

For the year ended 
30 June 2019
Listings and Issuer Services

Derivatives and OTC Markets

Trading Services

Equity Post-Trade Services

Other

Total revenue from contracts 
with customers

Services
satisfied at a 
point in time 
$m
43.4

Services 
satisfied
over time 
$m
179.1

280.3

56.4

108.2

0.1

488.4

29.2

174.5

0.2

1.8

384.8

Total 
$m
222.5

309.5

230.9

108.4

1.9

873.2

As disclosed in note B1, the Group has one operating segment, 
the disaggregated revenue in this note differs from the reportable 
segment as the expected credit loss allowance and certain reve-
nue share agreements with external parties are reclassified from 
expenses to operating revenue.

(b) Revenue received in advance
The Group has recognised the following revenue received in advance 
related to contracts with customers as at 30 June 2019. The balances 
represent the aggregate transaction price allocated to contract 
liabilities for performance obligations that are partially unsatisfied 
at reporting date. There is no consideration that has been excluded 
from the transaction price.

As at 30 June

Current
Listings and Issuer Services

Austraclear

Information services

Memberships

Total current revenue received in advance

Non-current
Listings and Issuer Services

Austraclear

Total non-current revenue received in advance

Total revenue received in advance

2019
$m

65.9

11.7

4.3

1.2

83.1

65.7

0.1

65.8

148.9

80 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised using a five 
step approach to depict the transfer of promised goods or services 
to customers. It is measured at the transaction price specified in 
the contract and is net of amounts expected to be refunded to the 
customer such as rebates. Revenue also excludes any taxes collected 
on behalf of third parties. 

The following five steps are applied to determine when revenue is 
recognised:

1. 

Identify the contract with a customer

2.  Identify the separate performance obligations in the contract

3.  Determine the transaction price

4.  Allocate the transaction price to the separate performance 

obligations in the contract

5.  Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a  

performance obligation.

Performance obligations that have not been satisfied at the reporting 
date are recognised as revenue received in advance on the balance 
sheet. 

There  are  no  contracts  with  customers  that  have  significant  
financing components. The Group has considered the time difference 
between when it provides the initial and subsequent listing service to  
the customer and when the customer pays for the service and  
determined  that  this  does  not  result  in  a  significant  financing 
component.

All contracts have standard 30 day payment terms. 

The transaction price is based on the price specified in the contract 
or in accordance with published fee schedules and is net of any  
applicable  rebates.  Rebates  are  calculated  based  on  actual  
transactions  or  trading,  clearing  or  settlement  volumes. 
Where this information is not immediately available within the  
relevant accounting period, the expected amount is estimated based 
on previous experience with the customer and revenue is only  
recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant 
reversal will not occur. A liability for the rebates is recognised within 
trade and other payables and typically have payment terms of 30 
days following the end of the relevant period.

Revenue is recognised for the major revenue lines as described below.

Listings and Issuer Services 
Initial  and  subsequent  listing  fees  are  recognised  evenly  over 
the period the listing service is expected to be provided which  
is  five  years  for  initial  listings  and  three  years  for  subsequent 
listings. These fees are billed prior to the quotation of initial or  
secondary  capital  and  are  recognised  within  receivables  and  
revenue received in advance at the time of billing. The recognition of 
revenue commences from the date that the entity is admitted to the 
official list or on quotation of the secondary capital.

Annual listing fees are billed at the commencement of the financial 
year or prior to an entity listing on the exchange, at which point the 
fee is recognised within receivables and revenue received in advance. 
The revenue is recognised evenly over the financial year as the service 
is provided. 

Issuer services revenue includes revenue for the provision of holding 
statements and other related activities, and is recognised at the point 
that the service is provided.

Derivatives and OTC Markets 
Revenue from trading and clearing of futures and equity options, 
and clearing of OTC interest rate derivatives is recognised at the 
point the service is provided which is the trade date. The revenue 
includes variable consideration for rebates on certain volumes traded. 
A liability for rebates is recognised at trade date and they are paid in 
the following month. 

Fees for  registry  services for  debt  securities  are  billed  upfront  
and are net of rebates. They are recognised within receivables and  
revenue received in advance and the revenue is recognised evenly over a  
12 month period in which the service is provided. 

Fees for Austraclear settlement and cash transactions are billed 
monthly net of rebates and are recognised at the point the service is 
provided which is the transaction date. Fees for depository services for 
debt securities are billed monthly net of rebates and are recognised 
as the service is provided during the month. 

Austraclear membership fees are billed at the commencement  
of the calendar year or at the time an entity becomes a member.  
The revenue is recognised evenly over the calendar year in which the 
service is provided. 

ASX Collateral service fees are recognised over the period the service 
is provided.

Trading Services
Cash market trading revenue is recognised at the point the service  
is  provided  which  is  the  settlement  date.  The  normal  market  
convention is that settlement occurs two days after the initial trade 
date (T+2). Accordingly, revenue for trades transacted in the last two 
days prior to period end is deferred and recognised in the subsequent 
reporting period.

Memberships for cash market trading participants are billed at the 
commencement of the financial year and recognised within receivables 
and revenue received in advance. The revenue is recognised evenly 
over the financial year as the service is provided.

Revenue  in  relation  to  information  and  technical  services  is  
recognised over the period the service is provided.

Equity Post-Trade Services
This includes revenue from clearing and settlement of quoted securities 
including equities, debt securities, warrants and exchange-traded 
funds and is recognised at the point that the service is provided 
which is the settlement date. Accordingly, clearing and settlement 
fees for trades transacted in the last two days prior to period end 
are deferred and recognised in the subsequent reporting period. The 
revenue recognised is net of rebates expected to be paid which are 
estimated based on prior experience with customers. The rebate is 
paid in the following year.

Key judgements
The Group has applied critical judgement in determining the period 
that it expects to satisfy its performance obligations in relation to 
listing services. The model to determine the five and three year listing 
periods has taken into account historical information in relation to the 
length of time companies have been listed and excluded those outside 
one standard deviation of the mean.

Prior year accounting policy
In the prior year, revenue was measured at the fair value of the  
consideration received or receivable, net of rebates. Revenue was 
recognised when it could be reliably measured, and when it was 
probable that the economic benefits would flow to the Group. 

While the approach to recognising revenue changed on adoption  
of AASB 15, there has been no change in the timing of revenue  
recognition except for initial and subsequent listing fees. In the prior 
year, these were recognised when the initial or subsequent listing 
event had taken place.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

81

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

B3 Dividends

B4 Capital management

The Board's policy is to pay a dividend based on 90% of underlying 
net profit after tax. This is reviewed each time the Board considers 
payment of a dividend. The policy is unchanged from the prior year.

The following table includes information relating to dividends  
recognised and paid by ASX during the financial year.

For the year ended 30 June 2019
Final dividend for the year ended 
30 June 2018

Interim dividend for the year ended 
30 June 2019

Total

For the year ended 30 June 2018
Final dividend for the year ended 
30 June 2017

Interim dividend for the year ended 
30 June 2018

Total

Cents per
share

Total amount
$m

109.1

114.4

223.5

99.8

107.2

207.0

211.2

221.5

432.7

193.2

207.5

400.7

The  above  dividends  paid  by  the  Company  include  amounts 
attached to certain shares held by the Group's Long-Term Incentive  
Plan Trust (LTIPT). The dividend revenue recognised by LTIPT has 
been eliminated on consolidation. In the current year, the dividend 
revenue was immaterial (less than $0.1 million). In the prior year 
it was $0.1 million.

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have determined  
a final dividend of 114.3 cents per share totalling $221.3 million and 
a special dividend of 129.1 cents per share totalling $249.9 million. 
The dividends will be fully franked based on tax paid at 30%.

A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividends determined 
on or before the balance date but not yet paid. Typically, the final 
dividend in respect of a financial year is determined after balance 
date, and therefore no provision is recognised.

Dividend franking account

As at 30 June
Franking credits available for future 
years at 30% adjusted for the 
payment of current income tax

2019
$m

367.6

2018
$m

268.6

Adjusting for the payment of the final and special dividend for  
the year  ended  30 June  2019, the franking  balance would  be  
$165.6 million (2018: $178.1 million).

At 30 June 2019, equity of the Group totalled $3,916.4 million (2018: 
$3,945.5 million). The Group’s capital supports a range of activities 
and risks. Capital requirements are subject to change from time 
to time. Some factors that may impact the amount of capital the 
Group requires to support its business include:

 • The level of goodwill recognised from business combinations. 
This goodwill may be impacted by the performance of the 
Group and subsequent impairment leading to a reduction  
in capital

 • Regulatory standards, both domestic and international, which 
may impact the level of capital supporting the clearing and 
settlement activities or other licensed activities. Regulatory 
standards applying to many financial market participants have 
increased in recent years and there is an expectation that these 
may increase further over time. There may also be uncertainty 
over the application of new regulatory standards

 • The competitive environment in which ASX operates may lead to 
higher levels of capital in order to provide competitive services, 
noting that customers may be able to access competing 
services internationally

 • The level or concentration of activity undertaken in markets 

and clearing and settlement facilities operated by ASX. 
Generally a higher level of activity may result in higher capital 
requirements, however the relationship is not necessarily linear

 • The general economic or credit conditions that may impact on 
capital requirements as the level of risk generally increases as 
credit conditions deteriorate. The level of operational risk capital 
held by the Group can be impacted by any revision to future 
loss assessments and regulatory requirements

 • The level of investments made, their fair value and the potential 

movement in their market values. Capital requirements are 
also impacted by ASX’s level of investment in existing or new 
services. These investments are predominantly in intangible 
software assets and other equity investments which may be 
subject to write-down under certain circumstances.

The Board's policy is to maintain an appropriate level of capital 
within the Group and relevant subsidiaries with the objectives of:

 • Meeting its compliance obligations with respect to the Financial 
Stability Standards and other regulations, including international 
regulations, as required by the various licences held

 • Sustaining prudential stability through maintaining an adequate 
level of equity at the Group level, cognisant of the fact that a 
significant allocation of capital supports the activities of the 
two licensed central counterparty clearing (CCP) subsidiaries as 
discussed in note C1 and the two licensed settlement facilities

 • Facilitating growth of the Group's exchange-traded and OTC 
markets, and providing appropriate risk-adjusted returns to 
shareholders

 • Reflecting the risks associated with the Group's operations.
In accordance with the Group's objectives and policies, capital 
represented by cash is invested at an appropriate liquidity profile, 
taking into consideration the potential claims on that equity that 
may arise from the Group's activities, predominantly CCP clearing.

The Group's objective is also to maintain its credit rating at the current 
AA- long-term and A-1+ short-term as rated by Standard & Poor’s (S&P).

82 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

(a) Ordinary share capital
Fully paid ordinary shares carry the right to participate in dividends. 
Ordinary shares also entitle the holder to the proceeds on winding 
up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts 
paid on the shares held. Ordinary shares have no par value and 
ASX does not have a limited amount of authorised capital. At 30 
June 2019, all ordinary shares issued were fully paid. On a show 
of hands, every holder of ordinary shares present in person or by 
proxy, is entitled to one vote and upon a poll each share is entitled 
to one vote.

As at 30 June 2019, the closing balance of ordinary share capital was 
$3,027.2 million (2018: $3,027.2 million) and the number of shares 
outstanding was 193,595,162 (2018: 193,595,162). There were no 
movements in the balance of ordinary share capital or the number 
of shares outstanding in the current or prior financial year.

Asset revaluation reserve
Changes in the fair value of investments in equity instruments are 
recognised in the asset revaluation reserve. The cumulative gain or 
loss that has been recognised within reserves is transferred directly 
to retained earnings and is not recycled through profit or loss when 
the associated equity instrument is sold. 

The effective portion of gains or losses on assets designated as part 
of a cash flow hedging relationship are recognised in the hedging 
reserve which is included within asset revaluation reserves. The 
ineffective portion of a hedge is recognised directly in profit or loss. 

The movement in the asset revaluation reserve is primarily due 
to the transfer of the accumulated fair value gain on the Group's 
investment in a listed entity to retained earnings following its sale 
(refer to note D1).

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly 
attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.

Equity compensation reserve
The equity compensation reserve is used to recognise the fair value 
of performance rights issued under ASX equity plans.

(b) Treasury shares
The following table presents the movement in treasury shares 
during the financial year:

For the year ended 30 June

Opening balance
Issue of shares under the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan

Issue of deferred shares under 
employee equity plans

Shares transferred to the LTIPT

Closing balance

2019
No. of shares

2018
No. of shares

61,060

(11,604)

183,218

(8,065)

(50,000)

(116,801)

10,388

9,844

2,708

61,060

Treasury shares are shares in ASX held by a trust for the benefit of 
employees under the ASX Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) as described 
in the Remuneration Report. The original purchase price of the shares, 
net of any tax effect, is deducted from the equity compensation reserve 
in equity.

Shares  allocated to  employees  under the  Deferred  Short-Term 
Incentive Plan (DSTIP) are held as treasury shares when forfeited 
until such time that they are reallocated under another DSTIP or LTIP.

(c) Reserves
Restricted capital reserve
The  restricted  capital  reserve  was  created  when  funds  were  
transferred  from  the  National  Guarantee  Fund  (NGF)  to  ASX 
Clear  Pty  Ltd  (ASX  Clear)  in  2005.  At  this  point  in  time  ASX 
Clear started assuming the clearing participant default risk of 
the clearing house. Under the terms of the transfer, ASX Clear 
must  not,  without  first  obtaining  the  consent  in  writing  of  
the Assistant Treasurer (the Minister), take action to use these  
funds for a purpose other than clearing support.

Refer to the consolidated statement of changes in equity for details 
of movements in the reserves.

B5 Earnings per share

As at 30 June
Basic and diluted earnings 
per share (cents)

Weighted average number of  
ordinary shares used in calculating 
basic and diluted earnings per share

2019

254.1

2018

230.0

193,576,187

193,507,104

The increase in the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
reflects lower treasury shares held during the current financial 
year. The basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) amounts have 
been calculated on the basis of net profit after tax of $492.0 million 
(2018: $445.1 million). 

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the consolidated net profit after 
tax attributable to the owners of the Company, excluding any costs of 
servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, 
adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the 
year and excluding treasury shares. 

Diluted EPS adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic EPS 
to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other 
financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, 
and the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that 
would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

83

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Performance of the Group

B6 Taxation

The movements during the year in the following components of 
deferred tax asset and liability were recognised in profit or loss with 
the exception of revaluations of investments in equity instruments, 
cash flow hedges and in the prior year AFS financial assets, which 
were recognised in other comprehensive income.

As at 30 June
(a) Income tax expense
Profit before income tax expense
Prima facie income tax expense calculated 
at 30% (2018: 30%) on the profit before tax

Movement in income tax expense due to:
Non-deductible items
Equity accounted investments
Equity accounted investments impairment1
Franking credit offset
Research and development tax offset
Adjustments to current tax for  
prior years
Total income tax expense

(b) Major components of income tax expense
Current tax expense

Movement in deferred tax liability
Movement in deferred tax asset
Adjustments to current tax for 
prior years
Total income tax expense

(c) Income tax on items recognised directly 
in equity
Sale of investments in equity instruments
Deferred revenue on adoption of AASB 15
ECL allowance on adoption of AASB 9

Deferred STI shares returned to trust

Total

(d) Income tax on items recognised directly 
in other comprehensive income
Revaluation of AFS financial assets
Revaluation of investments in equity 
instruments – listed entities
Revaluation of investments in equity 
instruments – unlisted entities
Revaluation of cash flow hedges
Total

(e) Deferred tax asset/(liability)

2019
$m

705.1

(211.5)

(1.6)
(1.5)
-
0.9
0.5

0.1

2018
$m

642.1

(192.6)

(1.2)
(0.1)
(6.1)
2.5
0.4

0.1

(213.1)

(197.0)

(214.6)

(197.3)

(1.6)
3.0

0.1

(0.2)
0.4

0.1

(213.1)

(197.0)

68.9
36.3
0.1

0.1

105.4

(0.3)

2.0

1.4

-
3.1

-
-
-

0.2

0.2

0.4

6.3

(1.9)

(0.5)
4.3

As at 30 June

2019
$m

2018
$m

Deferred tax (liability) comprises the estimated future expense at an 
income tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%) of the following items:

Fixed assets
Revaluation of cash flow hedges
Revaluation of investments in equity 
instruments – listed entities 
Revaluation of investments in equity 
instruments – unlisted entities
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Deferred tax (liability)

(11.0)
(0.2)

-

-

(0.3)
(11.5)

(9.4)
(0.2)

(70.9)

(1.4)

(0.3)
(82.2)

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)
(64.7)
1  A deferred tax asset was not recognised on the $20.2 million impairment to 
the carrying value of Yieldbroker recognised in the prior year.

45.3

Income tax expense is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income 
or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Income tax 
expense recognised in profit or loss comprises current and deferred 
income tax.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the 
year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous 
years. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset if there is a legally 
enforceable right to offset and the Group intends to either settle on a 
net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Deferred income tax is provided using the balance sheet liability 
method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes, 
and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred income tax is 
not recognised for certain temporary differences such as the initial 
recognition of goodwill.

The amount of deferred income tax is determined using tax rates 
enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and 
expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is 
realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

A  deferred tax  asset  is  recognised  only to the  extent that  it  is  
probable that future taxable amounts will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised, and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally  
enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and when 
the deferred tax balances relate to income taxes levied by the same 
tax authority.

Deferred tax asset comprises the estimated future benefit at an income 
tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%) of the below items:

Further information on the Group's tax obligations can be found in 
the Tax Transparency Report available on ASX's website.

Doubtful debts provisions
Employee entitlements provisions
Premises provisions
Accrued expenses
Revenue received in advance
Revaluation of AFS financial assets
ECL allowance
Deferred tax asset

0.3
9.8
2.1
0.3
44.2
-
0.1
56.8

0.2
9.6
2.0
0.5
4.9
0.3
-
17.5

84 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

Current amounts owing to participants represent collateral lodged 
to cover margin requirements on unsettled derivative contracts and 
cash market trades. Non-current amounts owing to participants 
represent cash balances lodged by participants as commitments 
to clearing guarantee funds, which at reporting date had no deter-
mined repayment date.

Margins that are settled by cash or debt securities are recognised 
on balance sheet at fair value and are classified as amounts owing 
to participants within current liabilities. Balances lodged in cash are 
interest bearing and are carried at the amounts deposited which 
represent fair value. Margins that are settled by equity securities 
are not recognised on balance sheet as the Group is not party to the 
contractual provisions of the instruments other than in the event of 
a default. 

In addition to the initial margin, participants must also settle changes 
in the fair value of derivatives contracts (variation margin), and in 
certain circumstances must lodge additional margins. Participants 
must  settle  both  initial  and variation  margins  daily,  including  
possible intraday and additional margin calls. The amounts owing to  
participants are repayable on settlement or closure of the contracts.

In the event of default by a clearing participant, ASX Clear and ASX 
Clear (Futures) are required to provide funds or settle securities of 
the defaulting participant. The CCPs also have the authority to retain 
collateral and commitments deposited by the defaulting clearing 
participant to satisfy its obligations. Clearing participants lodged 
the following collateral and commitments at 30 June:

As at 30 June 2019
Cash

Debt securities

Total amounts owing to 
participants

ASX Clear
$m
843.6

ASX Clear 
(Futures)
$m
8,850.9

-

1,106.5

Total
$m
9,694.5

1,106.5

843.6

9,957.4

10,801.0

Equity securities¹

3,351.8

-

3,351.8

As at 30 June 2018
Cash

Debt securities

Total amounts owing to 
participants

567.3

-

567.3

7,517.3

411.2

8,084.6

411.2

7,928.5

8,495.8

Equity securities¹
¹ Equity securities are not recognised on the balance sheet.

3,333.2

-

3,333.2

All net delivery and net payment obligations relating to cash market 
and derivative securities owing to or by participants as at 30 June 
2019 were subsequently settled.

The Group is subject to a variety of risks including clearing and 
settlement risk, and operational risk. 

C1 Clearing risk
The Group undertakes CCP clearing and collects margins and other 
balances (commitments) from clearing participants as security for 
clearing risk undertaken. 

Sub-sections (a) and (b) below discuss participants’ obligations and 
the nature of collateral and commitments lodged, as well as ASX’s 
recognition principles concerning these liabilities.

(a) Novation
The Group has two wholly owned subsidiaries that provide CCP 
clearing services:

 • ASX Clear Pty Limited (ASX Clear), which provides novation of 

cash market securities and derivatives

 • ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Limited (ASX Clear (Futures)), which 

provides novation of both exchange-traded and OTC derivatives.

As a CCP, transactions between two clearing participant organisations 
are novated to the CCPs. This makes the CCPs contractually responsible 
for the obligations entered into by clearing participants on both the 
buying and selling legs of the same transaction. Through novation, 
the respective CCP assumes the credit risk of the underlying clearing 
participant in the event of a participant default. The novation process 
results in all positions held by the CCPs being matched.

(b) Participants’ margins
Clearing participants are required to lodge an amount (initial margin) 
on open cash market, derivative and OTC positions novated to 
the Group’s CCPs. These margins are based on risk parameters 
attached to the underlying security or contract at trade date and 
may include additional margins called on participants. The margin 
rates are subject to regulatory standards including a high level of 
confidence that they meet expected movements based on historical 
events. However, there could be circumstances where losses are 
greater than the margins held.

Clearing participants may lodge cash or certain equity and debt 
securities to cover their margin obligations. In accordance with 
Group policies, the cash lodged by participants may subsequently 
be invested into approved products which are recognised as cash or 
financial assets at amortised cost on the balance sheet. The follow-
ing table shows the form in which participants lodged margins and 
commitments at 30 June. This excludes equity securities lodged by 
participants which are not recognised on the balance sheet.

As at 30 June

Current
Cash

Debt securities 

Total current amounts owing 
to participants

Non-current
Cash commitments

Total non-current amounts owing  
to participants

2019
$m

2018
$m

9,494.5

1,106.5

7,884.6

411.2

10,601.0

8,295.8

200.0

200.0

200.0

200.0

Total amounts owing to participants

10,801.0

8,495.8

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

85

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

(c) Financial resources available to CCPs
The Financial Stability Standards require each CCP to have adequate 
financial resources to cover its exposures in the event of default by 
the two participants and their affiliates that would potentially cause 
the largest aggregate credit exposure for the CCP in extreme but 
plausible market conditions. Financial resources include the clearing 
default funds shown in the next two tables as well as eligible collat-
eral and commitments. The level of clearing default funds which 
the CCPs must maintain may therefore increase from time to time. 
The Financial Stability Standards also require each CCP to have 
a process for replenishing clearing default funds after depletion 
caused by a default loss. The replenished fund, which may be less 
than the original fund, is then available to support new activity post 
the loss. To comply with this obligation, the Group has undertaken, 
in certain circumstances, to provide funds up to pre-determined 
levels for replenishment of the clearing default funds. The Group 
may utilise a number of alternative funding sources to contribute 
to an increase in, or replenishment of, the CCPs’ clearing default 
funds, including its own cash reserves. In certain circumstances 
participants may have an obligation to the CCP to contribute to an 
increase in, or replenishment of, the clearing default funds.

The CCPs’ operating rules also provide for the CCPs to undertake 
certain actions to deal with events of default and utilisation of 
collateral, commitments and clearing default funds. These include 
the ability to call recovery assessments, impose payment reductions 
or implement termination of positions. 

The following tables show the financial resources available to the 
CCPs to support their clearing activities (over and above the collateral 
lodged by participants).

ASX Clear

As at 30 June
Restricted capital reserve

Equity provided by the Group

Paid-in resources
Recovery assessments

Total financial resources

2019
$m
71.5

178.5

250.0
300.0

550.0

2018
$m
71.5

178.5

250.0
300.0

550.0

The financial resources at 30 June 2019 available to ASX Clear in the 
event of a participant default would be applied in the following order:

1.  Collateral and other margins lodged by the defaulting 

participant

2.  Restricted capital reserve of $71.5 million

3.  Equity capital of $178.5 million

4.  Contributions lodged by non-defaulting participants under the 
ASX Clear operating rules (no contributions were lodged in 
the current or prior year)

5.  Recovery assessments of $300.0 million which can be levied 
on participants (no amounts were levied in the current or 
prior year).

ASX Clear (Futures)

As at 30 June
Equity provided by the Group

Cash commitments

Equity provided by the Group

Cash commitments

Equity provided by the Group

Paid-in resources
Recovery assessments1

2019
$m
120.0

100.0

150.0

100.0

180.0

650.0
200.0

2018
$m
120.0

100.0

150.0

100.0

180.0

650.0
200.0

Total financial resources
850.0
1  $200 million for a single default event and up to $600 million for more than 

850.0

one default event.

The financial resources at 30 June 2019 available to ASX Clear 
(Futures) in the event of a participant default would be applied in 
the following order:

1.  Collateral and commitments lodged by the defaulting participant

2.  Equity capital of $120.0 million

3.  Commitments lodged by non-defaulting participants, totalling 
$100.0 million less the defaulting participants' commitments 
included in item 1 above

4.  Equity capital of $150.0 million

5.  Commitments lodged by participants, totalling $100.0 million

6.  Equity capital of $180.0 million

7.  Recovery assessments of $200.0 million which can be levied on 
participants (no amounts were levied in the current or prior year). 

The order of application with respect to items 3 and 5 above will 
depend on the market in which the defaulting participant operates. 
If the defaulting participant is a futures participant, then item 3 will 
comprise the cash commitments lodged by non-defaulting futures 
participants and item 5 will comprise the cash commitments lodged 
by OTC participants. If the defaulting participant is an OTC partic-
ipant, then item 3 will comprise the cash commitments lodged by 
non-defaulting OTC participants and item 5 will comprise the cash 
commitments lodged by futures participants. If the defaulting partic-
ipant is both a futures and OTC participant, then the non-defaulting 
participants commitments are apportioned for items 3 and 5. 

C2 Cash

The cash balance is comprised of the Group’s own cash funds as 
well as cash collateral and commitments lodged by participants 
in accordance with note C1 that has not been invested in debt or 
money market instruments.

Cash at bank and on hand

Overnight cash deposits

Total cash

90.1

243.0

333.1

181.1

196.1

377.2

Refer to note A3 for details regarding the reclassification of prior 
year balances.

Cash comprises cash on hand and deposits with banks that can be 
withdrawn with no or minimal notice.

86 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

C3 Financial risk

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including 
market risk (comprising interest rate, foreign currency and equity 
price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group’s overall risk management strategy seeks to manage 
potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. 
Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the 
Board of Directors. Management monitors investment credit, foreign 
currency, liquidity and cash flow interest rate risk, and manages 
clearing default credit risk with counterparties in accordance with 
approved Board mandates with ongoing reporting to the respective 
boards.

The Group holds the following financial assets and liabilities by 
category:

2019
$m

333.1

390.6

231.9

-

6,197.6

1,097.0

3,280.3

18.6

1,106.5

5.3

-

-

-

-

-

2018
$m

377.2

373.2

326.0

70.0

4,790.7

-

-

-

-

4.8

817.3

2,555.6

99.7

90.3

438.5

As at 30 June 

Financial assets at amortised cost
Cash

Trade and other receivables

Note

C2

E1

Other financial assets at amortised cost

– Term deposits

– Notice deposits

– Reverse repurchase agreements

C1

D3

– NCDs

– P-Notes

– FRNs

Financial assets at FVTPL
Non-cash collateral

Convertible notes

AFS financial assets

NCDs

P-Notes

T-Notes

FRNs

Bonds

Financial assets at FVTOCI
Investments in equity instruments²

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables¹

Amounts owing to participants

E4

C1

342.3

348.2

10,801.0

8,495.8

Total financial liabilities
1  Excludes transaction taxes payable which are not financial instruments as 

11,143.3

8,844.0

they are statutory obligations.

² This was called available-for-sale investments in the prior year.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting 
period for each class of financial asset, other than amounts owing 
to participants, is the carrying amount as detailed in the previous 
table. If the financial asset is attributed to participants’ collateral, 
the maximum credit exposure to ASX is $75 million per counterparty. 
However, if it is attributed to ASX’s own financial resources, the 
maximum credit exposure is the carrying amount of the financial 
asset. 

Financial liabilities and financial assets other than trade receivables 
without a significant financing component are initially measured at fair 
value. This includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to 
the acquisition of the asset or issue of the liability for financial assets 
and liabilities not at FVTPL. Financial liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost while financial assets are subsequently 
measured in accordance with one of the following categories.

Amortised cost – this includes financial assets managed under a 
business model to hold the assets in order to collect the CCFs and 
those cash flows represent SPPI. Interest income from these financial 
assets is included in interest income using the effective interest rate 
method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly 
in profit or loss. Impairment losses are included within administration 
expense in the statement of profit or loss.

FVTOCI – this includes financial assets managed under a business 
model to sell the assets and collect the CCFs and those cash flows 
represent SPPI. Fair value gains or losses are recognised directly in 
the asset revaluation reserve in equity. Any cumulative gain or loss 
recognised in equity is subsequently reclassified to profit or loss on 
disposal. Interest income from these financial assets is included in 
interest income using the effective interest rate method. An irrevo-
cable election can also be made to measure certain investments in 
equity instruments at FVTOCI on initial recognition. In this case, fair 
value gains or losses are recognised directly in the asset revaluation 
reserve in equity however are not reclassified to profit or loss on 
disposal but remain in equity.

FVTPL – this includes financial assets that do not meet the criteria 
to be measured at amortised cost or FVTOCI. Any fair value gains or 
losses are recognised in profit or loss.

Refer to the relevant note for further details of the accounting policies 
for trade and other receivables, convertible notes and investments 
in equity instruments. 

Reverse repurchase agreements are measured at the amount of the 
cash consideration paid. The securities purchased under the agreement 
are not recognised on the balance sheet as substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership are retained by the counterparty to the 
agreement.

Interest income comprises interest earned on the Group’s own funds, 
as well as interest earned from the investment of funds lodged by 
participants as collateral. Interest income is recognised using the 
effective interest rate method.

Prior year accounting policy 
In the prior year the Group classified and measured its financial 
assets as one of the following categories:

   Classification 
   Loans and receivables 
   Held-to-maturity 
   FVTPL 
   AFS 

Measurement 
Amortised cost 
Amortised cost 
FVTPL 
FVTOCI

The Group's debt and money market instruments were classified 
as AFS and initially recognised at fair value, being the fair value of 
the consideration given, plus transaction costs that were directly 
attributable to acquiring the asset. After initial recognition, they 
continued to be measured at fair value as determined by valuation 
techniques outlined in note C3(d)(i). Fair value gains or losses were 
recognised directly in the asset revaluation reserve in equity until 
the asset was derecognised, at which time the cumulative gain or 
loss previously recognised in equity was reclassified to profit or loss.

D1

24.3

416.4

12,685.2

10,359.7

Interest expense is recognised as a finance cost in the statement 
of comprehensive income using the effective interest rate method.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

(a) Market risk
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from movements in observable market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and 
other market prices.

(i) Interest rate risk

Exposure arising from
Variable rate cash investments and money 
market instruments expose the Group to cash 
flow interest rate risk.

Risk management
 • The Boards of the relevant subsidiaries have set limits with respect to maximum and weighted  

average maturity and value at risk.

 • Managed by policies that enable the Group to pay a variable rate of interest to participants on the 

funds held.

In the prior year, fixed rate money market 
instruments that were carried at fair value 
exposed the Group to fair value interest  
rate risk.

 • The Boards of the relevant subsidiaries have set limits with respect to maximum and weighted  

average maturity and value at risk.

Interest bearing assets is comprised of the investment of the Group’s cash resources (participant collateral lodged in cash and Group 
funds). Interest bearing liabilities is comprised of cash collateral and commitments lodged by participants. Non-cash collateral lodged by 
participants is non-interest bearing.

The Group’s trade and other receivables, investments in equity instruments and trade and other payables are non-interest bearing so 
are therefore not subject to interest rate risk, since neither the carrying amount nor the future cash flows will fluctuate (directly) due to 
a change in market interest rates.

The following table presents the Group’s interest bearing financial assets and liabilities at 30 June.

As at 30 June

Interest bearing financial assets
Cash

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Financial assets at FVTPL

AFS financial assets

Total interest bearing financial assets
Weighted average interest rate at period end

Interest bearing financial liabilities
Amounts owing to participants

Total interest bearing financial liabilities
Weighted average interest rate at period end

2019

Fixed 
interest
rate
$m

Total
$m

-

333.1

10,806.8

10,825.4

5.3

-

10,812.1
1.64%

5.3

-

11,163.8

-

-

10,801.0

10,801.0

Floating
interest
rate
$m

333.1

18.6

-

-

351.7
1.29%

10,801.0

10,801.0
0.80%

Floating
interest
rate
$m

377.2

70.0

-

90.3

537.5
1.49%

8,495.8

8,495.8
1.05%

2018

Fixed 
interest
rate
$m

-

5,116.7

4.8

3,499.9

8,621.4
1.99%

Total
$m

377.2

5,186.7

4.8

3,590.2

9,158.9

-

-

8,495.8

8,495.8

Net interest bearing financial (liabilities)/assets

(10,449.3)

10,812.1

362.8

(7,958.3)

8,621.4

663.1

With respect to the prior table:
 • Floating interest rate refers to financial instruments where the interest rate is subject to change prior to maturity or repayment – 

predominantly deposits at call and FRNs

 • Fixed interest rate refers to financial instruments where the interest rate is fixed up to maturity – predominantly term deposits, 

NCDs, P-Notes, T-Notes, reverse repurchase agreements, bonds and convertible notes.

Sensitivity analysis (net of tax)
Changes in interest rates affect the Group's profit or loss due to higher/lower interest income earned on its cash and other financial assets 
at amortised cost and higher/lower interest paid to clearing participants. In the prior year, equity was affected due to the change in fair 
values of AFS financial assets. The interest on the Group's non-current financial assets at FVTPL are fixed, therefore there would be no 
impact to profit or loss if market interest rates were to change.

An analysis of this sensitivity and its impact on the Group's profit or loss and equity net of tax for the year is provided in the following 
table. The analysis is based on a hypothetical 25 basis point change in interest rates at 30 June and has been applied to the interest rate 
risk exposures that exist at that date. All other variables have been held constant.

88 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

+25 basis point change in interest rates

-25 basis point change in interest rates

2019

2018

Impact on profit 
$m
(0.5)

Impact on equity 
$m
-

Impact on profit
$m
(1.0)

Impact on equity 
$m
(1.6)

0.5

-

1.0

1.6

Changes in interest rates affect the Group’s profit or loss due to interest income earned on the Group’s own cash resources and treasury 
earnings on clearing participants balances offset by interest paid to clearing participants on margins lodged. The interest earned side 
references a range of rates such as BBSW, while the interest paid side references overnight cash rates. ASX is exposed to the movement 
between these two rates. The table above assumes overnight cash rates and BBSW rates move in line.

(ii) Foreign currency risk
Exposure arising from
Cash flow commitments in foreign currencies 
entered into by the Group.

Risk management
 • Where the Group enters into material cash flow commitments in foreign currencies, its policy is to 

enter into hedging arrangements to mitigate the exchange risk where possible. 

Collateral on clearing participants’ derivatives 
exposures lodged in foreign currency and held 
by the Group's CCPs.

 • The collateral held in foreign currency is offset by an equal payable in the same currency to the 

participant, which reduces foreign currency risk in the normal course of business. Where non-matching 
currency is lodged as collateral, a discount is applied to its value.

The majority of the Group’s net foreign currency risk is associated with foreign denominated cash, net interest income and exchange fees 
receivable. Such exposure is converted to AUD on a regular basis. Investments in equity instruments denominated in USD are subject to 
foreign currency risk, impacting their carrying value.

The following table shows the Group’s exposure on its balance sheet to foreign currency risk at the end of the year, expressed in AUD.

2019

2018

As at 30 June

Financial assets
Cash

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Investment in equity instruments¹

Financial asset at FVTPL

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Amounts owing to participants

Net exposure

NZD
$m

109.8

1.0

68.4

-

-

0.2

176.7

2.3

USD
$m

12.4

-

-

24.3

5.3

-

-

42.0

EUR
$m

17.9

-

-

-

-

-

17.8

0.1

Exchange rate for conversion AUD 1:

1.0461

0.7014

0.6168

¹ This was called available-for-sale investments in the prior year.

JPY
$m

18.1

-

66.2

-

-

-

83.0

1.3

75.57

NZD
$m

85.3

0.7

46.1

-

-

0.2

130.5

1.4

USD
$m

113.7

-

-

28.9

4.8

-

90.3

57.1

EUR
$m

1.6

-

-

-

-

-

1.6

-

1.0878

0.7352

0.6355

JPY
$m

44.0

-

61.5

-

-

-

104.6

0.9

81.23

Sensitivity analysis (net of tax)
Changes in exchange rates affect the Group's profit or loss due to the gain/loss recognised on translation of foreign currency denominated 
financial assets other than financial assets at FVTOCI and all foreign currency denominated financial liabilities at balance date. Equity 
is affected due to USD foreign currency cash flow commitments designated as cash flow hedges and the valuation of foreign currency 
equity investments.

An analysis of this sensitivity and its impact on the Group's profit or loss and equity net of tax for the year is provided in the following 
table. The analysis is based on a hypothetical 10% change in the market exchange rate of the AUD against other currencies at 30 June 
and has been applied to the foreign currency risk exposures that exist at that date. All other variables, including interest rates, have been 
held constant. The impact is expressed in AUD.

+10% strengthening of AUD

-10% weakening of AUD

2019

2018

Impact on profit 
$m
(0.6)

Impact on equity
$m
(2.3)

Impact on profit 
$m
(0.3)

Impact on equity
$m 
(3.6)

0.8

2.7

0.4

4.4

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

89

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

Cash flow hedges
At 30 June 2019, the Group had designated cash at bank of USD 7.9 million (2018: USD 16.7 million) as the hedging instrument in qualifying 
cash flow hedges for committed expenditure to be paid in USD. These amounts are included within cash on the balance sheet. The cash 
flows are 100% hedged and the weighted average hedged rate during the year was AUD 1: USD 0.7498 (2018: AUD 1: USD 0.7587). During 
the current financial year, the use of cash flow hedges resulted in a $0.9 million (2018: $0.5 million) increase in cash flow required for 
committed capital and operating expenses.

The following table shows the movement in the Group's hedge reserves.

For the year ended 30 June

Opening balance at 1 July
Revaluation of hedging instrument

Less: deferred tax

Closing balance at 30 June

2019
$m

0.5
-

-

0.5

2018
$m

(0.7)
1.7

(0.5)

0.5

All movements in the hedge revaluation reserve, including gains or losses in the hedging instrument and amounts reclassified from equity 
to profit or loss were all immaterial (less than $0.1 million) in the current year.

At the inception of the hedging transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as 
its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group documents its assessment, both at hedge 
inception and also on an ongoing basis, of whether the hedging relationship meets the following effectiveness requirements:

 - there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument 
 - credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship 
 - the hedge ratio is the same as that resulting from the actual quantity of both the item hedged and the hedging instrument used.

For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of any change in the fair value of the instrument that is designated and that qualifies as a cash flow 
hedge is recognised in the hedge reserve in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

At the time the hedged item affects the income statement or when the hedged item is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss 
recognsied in the hedge reserve is taken to finance costs in the income statement.

(iii) Price risk

Exposure arising from
Price movements of the Group’s investment 
in listed equity securities of $nil (2018: $387.5 
million).

Risk management
 • Ongoing monitoring of values with consideration given to financial and other implications of holding 

the instruments.

Other price movements associated with  
underlying equities and derivatives on trades 
novated to the CCPs. 

 • Under normal circumstances, this risk is minimal as the trades are matched. However price  

movements may impact on credit risk associated with participant obligations (as discussed in  
the following section).

Sensitivity analysis (net of tax)
In the prior year, changes in quoted market prices affected the Group's equity due to the change in fair value of the Group's listed equity 
investment (refer to note D1). As the Group measures the investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI, any change in fair value resulting 
from a change in price does not impact profit or loss. In the prior year, if the price of the listed equity investment increased/decreased by 
10% at 30 June 2018, with all other variables held constant, equity would have increased/decreased by $27.1 million, net of tax.

90 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

(b) Credit risk
Exposure arising from
Through its CCP activities, the Group is exposed 
to the potential loss that may arise from the 
failure of a counterparty to meet its obligations 
or commitments. The obligations mainly relate 
to T+2 settlement risk for cash market trades 
and daily mark-to-market movements on  
open derivative positions. Failure of clearing 
participants to meet these obligations exposes 
the Group to potential losses. 

Risk management
 • Clearing participant membership requirements and admission standards, including minimum capital 

requirements.

 • Participant surveillance, including capital monitoring.
 • Daily and intraday counterparty credit risk control, including margining and collateral management.
 • Position limits based on the capital of the participant.
 • Financial resource adequacy, including fixed capital and stress-testing of clearing participants’  

exposure limits against the amount and liquidity of variable and fixed financial resources available.
 • Operating rules that deal with recovery and resolution of losses in the event of a clearing participant 

default. Refer to note C1(c).

 • Margin calls outside of Australian business hours.

Investment counterparty credit risk arises on 
certain financial assets including cash, other 
financial assets at amortised cost, and trade 
and other receivables.

 • Board policies that limit the amount of credit exposure and concentration to any one counterparty, as 
well as minimum credit ratings for counterparties. Investments are limited to non-derivative assets.

 • Recovery rules that address the allocation of losses between the Group and clearing participants.
 • Active debt collection procedures and regular review of trade receivables ageing.

The Group’s ongoing monitoring of participants’ market positions and exposures, coupled with daily margining and collateral management, 
including possible intraday and additional margin calls, enable it to manage its central counterparty credit risk and meet its regulatory 
obligations. Further information on the resources available to the CCPs in the event of a participant default is shown in note C1.

S&P credit ratings are used in determining the credit quality of the counterparty with whom cash and other financial assets at amortised 
cost are held.

Counterparties are limited to the Commonwealth of Australia, Australian state governments and banks, and foreign governments and 
banks with a minimum short-term credit rating of A2. The Group’s largest single counterparty exposure at the end of the reporting period 
was $5,215.7 million (2018: $2,285.4 million) to an Australian licensed bank with a S&P short-term credit rating of A-1+. The majority of this 
exposure was secured against Commonwealth Government securities. The risk ratings of the counterparties that the Group has exposure 
to at the end of the period are shown in the following table.

2019

2018

As at 30 June
Cash at bank and on hand

Overnight cash deposits

Total cash
Reverse repurchase agreements¹

Notice deposits

Term deposits

NCDs

P-Notes

FRNs

Total other financial assets at amortised cost
NCDs

P-Notes

T-Notes

FRNs

Bonds

Total AFS financial assets
Bonds (lodged by participants)

A1+ 
$m
89.6

136.3

225.9
4,571.1

-

90.0

758.8

3,280.3

18.6

8,718.8
-

-

-

-

-

-
1,106.5

A1 
$m
0.5

106.7

107.2
1,626.5

-

141.9

338.2

-

-

2,106.6
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

Total 
$m
90.1

243.0

333.1
6,197.6

-

231.9

1,097.0

3,280.3

18.6

10,825.4
-

-

-

-

-

-
1,106.5

A1+ 
$m
90.3

87.5

177.8
3,933.7

-

110.0

-

-

-

4,043.7
442.4

2,555.6

99.7

90.3

438.5

3,626.5
-

Total financial assets at FVTPL
1,106.5
1 Reverse repurchase agreements are collateralised by Commonwealth, foreign government or Australian state government securities.

1,106.5

-

-

A1 
$m
90.8

108.6

199.4
857.0

70.0

216.0

-

-

-

1,143.0
374.9

-

-

-

-

374.9
-

-

Total 
$m
181.1

196.1

377.2
4,790.7

70.0

326.0

-

-

-

5,186.7
817.3

2,555.6

99.7

90.3

438.5

4,001.4
-

-

The Group uses other measures to monitor the credit of other financial assets, which includes trade and other receivables, margins  
receivable from participants, accrued revenue, interest receivable and investments in equity instruments. Intercompany receivables 
consist of balances owing between the entities of the Group and are eliminated on consolidation. The parent entity considers the credit 
risk on these balances to be low. The maximum exposure to credit risk for these financial assets is the carrying value as at reporting date.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

91

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

(i) Impairment of financial assets
The Group has the following financial assets that are subject to 
impairment:
 • Cash

 • Trade and other receivables

 • Other financial assets at amortised cost.

Trade receivables
The Group has used the simplified approach to measuring expected 
credit losses for trade receivables whereby the lifetime ECL is 
recognised. To measure the loss allowance, the receivables have 
been grouped based on the number of days overdue. Expected 
loss rates have been determined for each group based on historical 
credit losses in the previous four years. These historical rates are 
adjusted to reflect current and forward looking information on 
macroeconomic factors that affect the ability of customers to settle 
the receivables. These rates have been applied to the gross carrying 
value of trade receivables to calculate the loss allowance. Where 
this calculation results in an immaterial amount no loss allowance 
is recognised. A loss allowance is also recognised for any debtors 
individually identified as being credit impaired.

The  following  table  shows  the  aged  analysis  for  gross  trade  
receivables of the Group.

As at 30 June
Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-60 days

Past due 61-90 days

Past due 91 days and over

Trade receivables

2019
$m
102.2

3.1

0.4

0.6

1.0

107.3

2018
$m
89.3

2.8

0.1

0.6

0.9

93.7

As at 30 June 2019, the Group provided $0.9 million (2018: $0.8 
million) for trade receivables that were identified as being impaired.

The Group recognised $0.2 million of impairment gains in profit or 
loss during the year in accordance with AASB 9. In the prior year, 
the Group recognised impairment losses of $1.2 million in profit 
or loss for individually impaired receivables relating to debts that 
were unpaid for a prolonged period despite active debt collection 
procedures. As there was no material difference between the loss 
allowance calculated under AASB 139 and AASB 9, there was no 
adjustment made on adoption of the new standard.

The movement in the loss allowance for trade receivables is as 
follows:

For the year ended 30 June
Closing loss allowance at 30 June 
calculated under AASB 139
Amounts restated through opening 
retained earnings
Opening loss allowance at 1 July calculated 
under AASB 9
Increase in loss allowance recognised in 
profit or loss during the year 

Amounts written-off during the year 

Loss allowance subsequently reversed

Closing balance at 30 June

(0.8)

(0.8)

-

(0.8)

(1.4)

0.3

1.0

(0.9)

-

(0.8)

(0.8)

0.2

0.6

(0.8)

Cash and other receivables
Other receivables includes margins receivable, accrued revenue, 
interest receivable and other debtors. A default event in relation 
to margin obligations is defined in the ASX Clear and ASX Clear 
(Futures) operating rules. No loss allowance has been recognised for 
cash and other receivables as the assessed amount is immaterial.

Other financial assets at amortised cost
The ECL model for the Group's debt and money market instruments 
is based on the probability of default, loss given default and the 
Group's exposure to the counterparty. The probability of default 
is based on historical default rates and has been sourced from an 
external study of global corporate defaults by S&P. These rates have 
been adjusted for the loss given default to calculate the ECL rate. 

The following table shows the gross carrying amounts of the other 
financial assets at amortised cost as at 30 June 2019 and the ECL 
rates that have been applied to determine the carrying amount net 
of the ECL allowance.

S&P long-
term credit 
rating

AAA

AA+

AA

AA-

A+

A

ECL 
rate

-

-

0.01%

0.02%

0.03%

0.04%

Gross carrying 
amount
$m

ECL loss 
allowance
$m

Net carrying 
amount
$m

7,386.7

2,025.1

-

867.5

252.5

294.0

10,825.8

-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.4)

7,386.7

2,025.1

-

867.4

252.4

293.8

10,825.4

The ECL rates have been applied to the gross carrying values of 
the Group's debt and money market instruments held at amortised 
cost as at 30 June 2019. As there was no material movement in the 
calculated loss allowance recognised on adoption of AASB 9, no 
impairment was recognised in profit or loss during the year.

A reconciliation of the loss allowance calculated under AASB 9 
is provided in the following table. Comparatives have not been 
provided as the prior year has not been restated and there was no 
allowance previously calculated under AASB 139.

For the year ended 30 June
Closing loss allowance at 30 June 
calculated under AASB 139
Amounts restated through opening retained earnings
Opening loss allowance at 1 July 2018
calculated under AASB 9
Increase in loss allowance recognised in 
profit or loss during the year 
Closing loss allowance at 30 June

2019
$m

-

0.4

0.4

-

0.4

There were no significant changes to estimation techniques or 
assumptions made during the reporting period.

The debt and money market instruments are all considered to have 
low credit risk at the reporting date as all counterparties have an 
S&P long-term credit rating of A or higher. Therefore it is assumed 
that the credit risk for these financial assets has not increased 
significantly since initial recognition and the impairment allowance 
is measured at an amount equal to 12 month expected credit losses. 

92 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

Impairment 
The Group recognises a loss allowance on financial assets at amortised cost. 

The Group uses a three stage approach as described in the following table to determine the amount of loss allowance to be recognised for  
financial assets at amortised cost other than trade receivables.

Stage

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Credit risk

No significant increase since initial recognition

Significant increase since initial recognition

Asset is credit impaired

Recognition of ECL

12 month ECLs

Lifetime ECLs

Lifetime ECLs

A simplified approach to measuring the loss allowance is applied for trade receivables where the lifetime ECLs are recognised. Loss rates for  
trade receivables are determined based on historical loss rates over a four year period and are adjusted for current and forward looking 
macroeconomic factors that may affect the customers' ability to settle the receivable.

Assets are credit impaired when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all of the original amounts due.

The collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on a regular basis. Debts known to be uncollectable are written off by reducing the carrying 
amount directly. Other financial assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that this may be the case 
include the debtor entering bankruptcy or failure to enter into a payment plan.

Impairment losses are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in administration expenses.

Prior year accounting policy 
In the prior year, the impairment of trade receivables was assessed based on the incurred loss model and a provision was recognised when 
there was objective evidence that the Group would not be able to collect all of the original amounts due. The amount of the provision was 
the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows.

Impairment indicators for AFS financial assets included a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost. When the 
asset was considered to be impaired, any loss that had been recognised directly in equity was transferred to profit or loss.

(c) Liquidity risk

Exposure arising from
Margins to cover derivatives and cash market 
exposures are settled with participants and 
invested in the short-term money market on a 
daily basis. The investment of these balances 
requires strict management to provide sufficient 
liquidity for the routine daily margin settlement. 

Risk management
 • The Board has implemented policies that specify liquidity requirements, based on whether assets can 
be liquidated and converted to cash on a same-day basis, including maximum average maturity limits. 
Instruments that are eligible for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia are treated 
as liquid.

 • Forward planning and forecasting of liquidity requirements.

The expected undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group's financial assets and liabilities are shown in the following table. All other 
financial assets at amortised cost are eligible for repurchase in the secondary market. All financial assets and liabilities are non-derivative.

The values on the balance sheet may differ to the assets and liabilities in the following table due to the difference in fair value at balance 
date compared to the contractual cash flows up to maturity.

As at 30 June 2019

Financial assets
Cash

Other financial assets at amortised cost

Financial assets at FVTPL

Trade and other receivables

Investments in equity instruments¹

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Amounts owing to participants

Total financial liabilities

Commitments
Capital and operating commitments

Operating lease commitments

Total commitments

Up to 
1 month
$m

>1 month 
to 3 months
$m

>3 months
to 1 year
$m

>1 year
$m

No specific 
maturity
$m

333.1

5,339.8

1,106.5

390.1

-

7,169.5

336.0

10,601.0

10,937.0

1.6

0.8

2.4

-

3,378.9

-

0.2

-

-

2,133.6

-

0.1

-

3,379.1

2,133.7

5.4

-

5.4

5.0

1.6

6.6

-

-

-

17.4

7.3

24.7

-

-

8.8

0.2

-

9.0

-

-

-

59.7

60.5

120.2

-

-

-

-

24.3

24.3

0.8

200.0

200.8

-

-

-

Total
$m

333.1

10,852.3

1,115.3

390.6

24.3

12,715.6

342.2

10,801.0

11,143.2

83.7

70.2

153.9

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

93

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

As at 30 June 2018

Financial assets
Cash

Other financial assets at amortised cost

AFS financial assets

Financial assets at FVTPL

Receivables

Investments in equity instruments¹

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Amounts owing to participants

Total financial liabilities

Commitments
Capital and operating commitments

Operating lease commitments

Up to 
1 month
$m

>1 month 
to 3 months
$m

>3 months
to 1 year
$m

>1 year
$m

No specific 
maturity
$m

377.2

2,899.5

703.2

-

372.2

-

4,352.1

337.8

8,295.8

8,633.6

0.9

0.7

1.6

-

2,297.3

1,880.5

-

0.7

-

-

-

1,437.6

-

0.1

-

4,178.5

1,437.7

8.7

-

8.7

2.7

1.4

4.1

0.9

-

0.9

16.2

6.4

22.6

-

-

-

4.8

0.2

-

5.0

-

-

-

69.2

62.7

131.9

-

-

-

-

-

416.4

416.4

0.8

200.0

200.8

-

-

-

Total
$m

377.2

5,196.8

4,021.3

4.8

373.2

416.4

10,389.7

348.2

8,495.8

8,844.0

89.0

71.2

160.2

Total commitments
¹ This was called available-for-sale investments in the prior year.

While amounts owing to participants may have contractual cash flows greater than one month they have been classified as having  
maturities up to one month on the basis of the shortest possible obligation for repayment.

(d) Fair value measurements
(i) Financial instruments at fair value
The following table presents the Group’s financial assets measured at fair value at 30 June. The Group does not have any financial liabilities 
measured at fair value.

As at 30 June

Financial assets
Investments in equity instruments¹

Financial assets at FVTPL

AFS financial assets

- NCDs

- P-Notes

- T-Notes

- FRNs

- Bonds

Level 1
$m

-

1,044.9

-

-

-

-

-

2019

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

-

61.6

24.3

5.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total
$m

24.3

1,111.8

-

-

-

-

-

Total financial assets
¹ This was called available-for-sale investments in the prior year.

1,044.9

61.6

29.6

1,136.1

Level 1
$m

387.5

-

-

-

-

-

389.6

777.1

2018

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

-

-

28.9

4.8

817.3

2,555.6

99.7

90.3

48.9

-

-

-

-

-

3,611.8

33.7

Total
$m

416.4

4.8

817.3

2,555.6

99.7

90.3

438.5

4,422.6

There were no transfers between levels for recurring measurements during the year. The Group did not measure any financial assets at 
fair value on a non-recurring basis at 30 June in the current or prior year.

94 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Risk management

The classification of financial instruments within the fair value  
hierarchy  and  the  valuation  techniques  used  to  determine  
their values are detailed below. 

(iii) Level 3 fair value instruments
The following table presents the changes in Level 3 fair value  
instruments during the year:

Level 1
Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets at 
the measurement date for identical assets and liabilities. Financial 
instruments included in this category are the Group's listed equity 
investment and Australian Government bonds. The fair value of listed 
investments is determined by reference to the ASX-quoted closing 
price at reporting date and the fair value of Australian Government 
bonds are determined by reference to readily observable quoted 
prices for identical assets in active markets.

Level 2
Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices). In the prior year, AFS 
financial assets other than Australian Government bonds as noted 
above were classified as Level 2 financial instruments as their 
fair values were determined using discounted cash flow models 
or observable market prices for identical assets that were not 
actively traded.

Level 3
Level 3 inputs are based on unobservable market data. The fair 
values of the Group's unlisted equity investment and convertible 
note at FVTPL are determined using unobservable inputs and 
therefore are classified as Level 3 instruments.

(ii) Financial instruments at amortised cost
The Group has a number of financial instruments which are not 
measured at fair value on the balance sheet. The carrying amounts 
of current trade and other receivables, cash, term deposits, reverse 
repurchase agreements, current trade and other payables and 
current amounts owing to participants are assumed to approximate 
their fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount 
of non-current amounts owing to participants approximates their 
fair value as the impact of discounting is not significant. 

The fair value of other financial assets at amortised cost (exclud-
ing those mentioned above) are shown in the following table. 
Comparatives are not provided as these were classified as AFS in 
the prior year and have been included in the table in note C3(d)(i).

For the year ended 30 June

Opening balance at 1 July 2018
Additions

Price revaluation:

– Recognised in equity

– Recognised in deferred tax

FX revaluation gain:

– Recognised in equity

– Recognised in profit or loss

– Recognised in deferred tax

Closing balance at 30 June 2019

Opening balance at 1 July 2017
Additions

Price revaluation:

– Recognised in equity

– Recognised in deferred tax

FX revaluation gain:

– Recognised in equity

– Recognised in profit or loss

– Recognised in deferred tax

Investments 
in unlisted 
entities1
$m

Investments 
at FVTPL2
$m

28.9
-

(4.2)

(1.8)

1.0

-

0.4

24.3

22.7
-

3.5

1.5

0.9

-

0.3

4.8
0.3

-

-

-

0.2

-

5.3

-
4.6

-

-

-

0.2

-

Total
$m

33.7
0.3

(4.2)

(1.8)

1.0

0.2

0.4

29.6

22.7
4.6

3.5

1.5

0.9

0.2

0.3

Closing balance at 30 June 2018
33.7
1  The revaluation gain/(loss), net of tax, has been recognised within the asset 

28.9

4.8

revaluation reserve.

2  The (loss), net of tax, has been recognised within administration expenses in 

the statement of comprehensive income.

A change in the unobservable inputs used to determine the fair 
value of the unlisted equity investment would not have a material 
impact on the financial statements.

(e) Enforceable netting arrangements
There are no financial assets and financial liabilities recognised on a 
net basis. In the event that a clearing participant defaults and ASX 
assumes open positions under novation, ASX’s policy is to recognise 
the net open positions where it has the right to offset exposures.

As at 30 June
NCDs

P-Notes

FRNs

Total

2019
$m
1,098.5

3,283.6

18.6

4.400.7

In the event that a clearing participant defaults, ASX may utilise 
collateral and commitments lodged by that participant to offset 
net losses realised from the close-out of positions. While ASX has 
the right to offset this collateral from the open position, its policy 
is to only offset following the close-out. The aggregate amount of 
collateral and commitments lodged by participants at 30 June 2019 
was $10,801.0 million (2018: $8,495.8 million).

The fair values of the above financial assets are determined in 
accordance with the level 2 fair value hierarchy described in note 
C3(d)(i).

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

95

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Investments

D1 Investments in equity instruments

Investments in listed entities

Investments in unlisted entities

Total investments in equity 
instruments

2019
$m
-

24.3

24.3

2018
$m
387.5

28.9

416.4

The investments in equity instruments have been designated  
at FVTOCI on initial recognition. The election to measure the  
investments at FVTOCI rather than FVTPL has been made as the 
Group considers this to be more relevant as they are held for 
strategic purposes.

The  investments  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value,  being  
the consideration given plus transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to acquiring the asset. After initial recognition, they 
continue to be measured at fair value and any fair value gains or 
losses are recognised directly in the asset revaluation reserve in 
equity. Any gains or losses on disposal remain within equity.

The fair value of investments in listed entities is determined by 
reference to quoted market prices at the close of business on the 
balance sheet date. Refer to note C3(d)(i).

The fair value of investments in unlisted entities is determined 
by reference to unobservable market data at balance date. Refer 
to note C3(d)(iii).

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive the dividend 
has been established. 

Prior year accounting policy 
In the prior year, the investments were classified as AFS and measured 
at FVTOCI. The investments were initially recognised at fair value, 
being the consideration given plus transaction costs that were directly 
attributable to acquiring the asset. After initial recognition, they  
continued to be measured at fair value and any fair value gains or losses 
were recognised directly in the asset revaluation reserve in equity. 
Any accumulated fair value gains or losses previously recognised in 
equity were reclassified to profit or loss on disposal.

Key judgements
The Group has applied judgement in determining if it has significant 
influence or control over the investees and has concluded that it does 
not have significant influence over any of its investees as it holds less 
than 20% of the voting power; has no representation on the Board 
of directors; and does not have the power to participate in financial 
and operating policy decisions.

(a) Investments in listed entities
In February 2019, ASX sold its entire shareholding in IRESS Limited 
(IRESS) for $380.7 million as the investment no longer provided stra-
tegic value. The fair value of the investment at the date of sale was 
$394.6 million and the gain on sale of $160.7 million, net of tax was 
transferred from the asset revaluation reserve to retained earnings. 

The Group received $5.1 million (2018: $14.2 million) of dividends 
from IRESS during the year. As at 30 June 2018, ASX held 19% of 
the share capital of IRESS.

There was no impairment in investments in listed entities in the 
prior financial year.

(b) Investments in unlisted entities
As at 30 June 2019, ASX held 7% (2018: 7%) equity interest in Digital 
Asset Holdings LLC (DAH), which specialises in the development of 
distributed ledger technology solutions. No dividends were received 
during the current or prior year. Refer to note C3(d)(iii) for details of 
the movement in the fair value in the current and prior year. Refer 
to note F5.4 for details regarding the Group's investment in DAH 
post balance date.

D2 Equity accounted investments

The Group has interests in the following associates and joint ventures 
which are individually immaterial to the Group.

Ownership interest

Carrying amount

Nature of 
relationship

2019 
%

2018 
%

2019 
$

2018 
$

Name of entity
Yieldbroker 
Pty Limited 
(Yieldbroker)

Associate

Sympli Australia 
Pty Ltd (Sympli)

Joint 
venture

46

49

47

50

46.5

46.5

5.5

52.0

6.6

53.1

The country of incorporation and principal place of business for both 
entities is Australia. Both Yieldbroker and Sympli are private entities 
and therefore quoted market prices are not available.

Yieldbroker operates licensed electronic markets for trading Australian 
and New Zealand debt securities and interest rate derivatives.

Sympli  intends to  offer  electronic  conveyancing  solutions  for 
property settlements, known as a Electronic Lodgement Network 
Operator (ELNO).

(i) Impairment
The investments have been tested for impairment at the reporting 
based on value-in-use calculations using projected future cash 
flows. The pre-tax discount rate used was 12.0% (2018: 12.0%) and 
the growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow projections beyond 
five years was 3.5% (2018: 3.5%). 

No impairment was recognised in the current year for Yieldbroker 
or Sympli.

In the prior year, an impairment of $20.2 million was recognised 
to reduce the carrying amount of the investment in Yieldbroker 
following financial under-performance compared to expectations 
due to slower growth in certain products moving to electronic 
trading. The impairment loss is included in other expenses in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

No impairment was recognised for Sympli in the prior year.

96 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Investments

The following table shows ASX's aggregated interests in equity 
accounted investments.

D3 Financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss

For the year ended 30 June
(Loss) from continuing operations

Post-tax profit or loss from 
discontinued operations

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

2019
$m
(5.1)

-

-

(5.1)

2018
$m
(0.4)

-

-

(0.4)

In December 2017, ASX acquired a convertible note (the note) issued 
by DAH for USD3.5 million. ASX has the right to convert the note to 
DAH shares at any time up to maturity in 2027, and under certain 
circumstances the note mandatorily converts to DAH shares.

Refer to note C3(d)(iii) for the balance and movement of financial 
assets at FVTPL at period end.

The convertible note is initially recognised at fair value being the 
consideration given. It is subsequently measured at FVTPL as 
the contractual terms of the agreement do not give rise to solely 
payments of principal and interest. Any fair value gains or losses 
are recognised in profit and loss. If the notes are converted to 
equity prior to or at maturity date, the converted shares will be 
designated at FVTOCI on initial recognition in accordance with the 
Group's accounting policy for investments in equity instruments.

Prior year accounting policy 
In the prior year, the convertible notes were designated at 
FVTPL on initial recognition. Subsequently, the notes continued 
to be measured at fair value with any fair value gain or loss 
recognised in profit or loss.

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence 
but not control. 

Joint ventures are arrangements in which the Group and another party 
have joint control and have rights to the net assets of the arrangement.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using 
the equity method. The investments are initially recognised at cost and 
the carrying value is subsequently adjusted to recognise the Group’s 
share of the investee’s post-acquisition profit or loss and movement 
in other comprehensive income. This is recognised in the Group’s 
profit and loss and comprehensive income respectively. Dividends 
received or receivable from associates are recognised as a reduction 
in the carrying amount of the investment.

The carrying amount of each equity accounted investment is tested for 
impairment at each reporting date and whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be  
recoverable. Indicators of impairment include a significant or prolonged 
decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost. Where the 
recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, an impairment 
loss is recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive 
income. The recoverable amount is the higher of the assets' fair value 
less costs of disposal and value in use, and is assessed at the end of 
each reporting period.

Key judgements
The  Group  has  applied  judgement  in  determining  if  it  has  
significant influence, control or joint control of the investees. Through its  
appointment of two directors to the Board of Yieldbroker, ASX  
participates in the financial and operating policy decisions of the 
investee. It also holds more than 20% of the voting rights so it is 
presumed that ASX has significant influence over the investee. The 
Group however does not have the power to unilaterally direct these 
decisions to affect the returns of the investee so does not have control 
of the investee. The investment in Yieldbroker has therefore been 
classified as an interest in an associate.

The arrangement in relation to Sympli requires unanimous consent 
from both parties about relevant activities. As ASX has joint control 
over Sympli and has rights to the net assets of the arrangement the 
investment has been classified as a joint venture.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

97

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Other balance sheet assets and liabilities

E1 Trade and other receivables

As at 30 June

Current
Trade receivables

Margins receivable

Accrued revenue

Interest receivable

Other debtors

Less: loss allowance

Total trade and other receivables

Refer to note C3(b)(i) for further details of the loss allowance.

2019
$m

107.3

268.6

4.4

11.1

0.1

(0.9)

390.6

2018
$m

93.7

266.6

5.4

6.9

1.4

(0.8)

373.2

Trade receivables which generally have terms of 30 days are initially recognised at their transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method, less any loss allowance.

Margins receivable represents collateral receivable from clearing participants on cash markets and derivative positions held at the end of the day, 
and are received on the next business day. The amounts include the movement in the fair value of derivative positions and are recognised on trade 
date. A corresponding margins payable is recognised and disclosed within trade and other payables.

E2 Intangible assets 

The movements in the intangible asset balances are as follows:

For the year ended 30 June

Software
$m

Opening balance
Cost

Accumulated amortisation 
and impairment

Net book value at 1 July

Movement
Additions

Disposals – cost

Disposals – accumulated 
amortisation

Amortisation expense

Impairment

Write-offs

347.5

(235.7)

111.8

54.3

(24.7)

24.7

(33.9)

-

-

Net book value at 30 June

132.2

Closing balance
Cost

Accumulated amortisation 
and impairment

377.1

(244.9)

Net book value at 30 June

132.2

2019

Trade-
marks
$m

Customer
lists
$m

Goodwill
$m

Total
$m

Software
$m

2018

Trade-
marks
$m

Customer
lists
$m

Goodwill
$m

Total
$m

7.9

-

7.9

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.9

7.9

-

7.9

1.2

2,317.6

2,674.2

359.7

(0.4)

-

(236.1)

(247.1)

0.8

2,317.6

2,438.1

112.6

-

-

-

(0.2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

54.3

(24.7)

24.7

(34.1)

-

-

0.6

2,317.6

2,458.3

33.5

(44.1)

44.1

(31.6)

(1.1)

(1.6)

111.8

1.2

2,317.6

2,703.8

347.5

(0.6)

-

(245.5)

(235.7)

0.6

2,317.6

2,458.3

111.8

7.9

-

7.9

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.9

7.9

-

7.9

1.2

(0.1)

2,317.6

2,686.4

-

(247.2)

1.1

2,317.6

2,439.2

-

-

-

(0.3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

33.5

(44.1)

44.1

(31.9)

(1.1)

(1.6)

0.8

2,317.6

2,438.1

1.2

2,317.6

2,674.2

(0.4)

-

(236.1)

0.8

2,317.6

2,438.1

98 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Other balance sheet assets and liabilities

(a) Software
The impairment expense recognised in the prior financial year relates to certain software intangible assets that were identified as having 
no future economic benefit to the Group. Impairment charges were recognised within depreciation and amortisation in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

Costs incurred in developing products or systems, and acquiring software and licences that will contribute to future benefits, are capitalised at cost 
and amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, from the time the assets are in use. Certain staff costs are capitalised when 
they can be specifically attributed to software development projects. Software purchased from external vendors is classified as externally acquired 
and may include capitalised staff costs that have been incurred in the implementation of the software.

Software is subject to amortisation and is reviewed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period or when events or changes 
in circumstances have arisen that indicate the carrying value may be impaired. Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, 
an impairment loss is recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive income. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s 
fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. Determining whether the intangibles are impaired requires an estimation of their useful lives, 
residual values and amortisation method. The effect of any changes will be recognised on a prospective basis. 

The estimated useful lives of significant computer software systems is as follows:

Trading platforms

Clearing platforms

Depository/registry platforms

5 years

5 years

10 years

(b) Trademarks and customer lists
There was no impairment expense recognised during the year for trademarks or customer lists.

Trademarks and customer lists have been externally acquired and are measured at cost. Customer lists are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful life of five years while the registered trademark has an indefinite useful life and is not amortised. The trademark is assessed 
for impairment at each reporting date or when there are indicators of impairment.

(c) Goodwill
(i) Impairment test for goodwill
The Group consists of two cash generating units (CGUs), namely exchange-traded and non exchange-traded. The goodwill attributable to 
each CGU at the time of acquisition is as follows:

 • Exchange-traded: $2,242.2 million

 • Non exchange-traded: $75.4 million.

No impairment charge arose in the current or prior financial year.

(ii) Key estimates and assumptions used for value-in-use calculations
Management has determined the budgeted operating results based on past performance and expectations for the future. The growth 
rates used for revenue and expense projections are consistent with, or lower than, historical trends for the CGUs.

The pre-tax discount rate used is 9.25% (2018: 9.25%) for all CGUs. The growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow projections beyond five 
years is 3.5% (2018: 3.5%) per annum for the exchange-traded CGU and 3.5% (2018: 3.5%) per annum for the non exchange-traded CGU. 
These calculations support the carrying value of goodwill. There is no reasonably possible change in any key assumptions that management 
has based its determination of the CGU's recoverable amount on that would result in an impairment charge being recognised.

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the consideration paid over the acquirer's interest in the net fair value of the 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses.

Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and as such is not subject to amortisation and is tested semi-annually for impairment, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which they are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs) and goodwill is allocated to each of the Group's CGUs that are expected to benefit 
from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.

Goodwill is tested on an annual basis. Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised as an 
expense in the statement of comprehensive income. The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These 
calculations use cash flow projections based on financial estimates reviewed by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond this 
five year period are extrapolated using estimated growth rates that do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the business in which the 
CGU operates and are consistent with external sources of information.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

99

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Other balance sheet assets and liabilities

E3 Property, plant and equipment

The movements in the property, plant and equipment asset balances are as follows:

For the year ended 30 June

Opening balance
Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value at 1 July

Movement
Additions

Disposals – cost

Disposals – accumulated 
depreciation

Depreciation expense 

Write-offs

Net book value at 30 June

Closing balance
Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value at 30 June

2019

2018

Leasehold 
improvements
$m

Plant and 
equipment
$m

Computer 
equipment
$m

Leasehold 
improvements
$m

Total
$m

Plant and 
equipment
$m

Computer 
equipment
$m

33.0

(24.3)

8.7

0.6

(0.9)

0.8

(2.3)

-

6.9

32.7

(25.8)

6.9

29.9

(19.6)

10.3

1.3

(0.9)

0.9

(2.8)

-

8.8

30.3

(21.5)

8.8

85.2

(49.8)

35.4

18.9

(9.2)

9.2

(8.5)

-

45.8

94.9

(49.1)

45.8

148.1

(93.7)

54.4

20.8

(11.0)

10.9

(13.6)

-

61.5

157.9

(96.4)

61.5

34.1

(23.2)

10.9

0.4

(1.5)

1.5

(2.6)

-

8.7

33.0

(24.3)

8.7

47.9

(36.6)

11.3

1.8

(19.6)

19.6 

(2.6)

(0.2)

10.3

29.9

(19.6)

10.3

126.3

(101.9)

24.4

18.6

(59.7)

59.7

(7.6)

-

35.4

85.2

(49.8)

35.4

Total
$m

208.3

(161.7)

46.6

20.8

(80.8)

80.8

(12.8)

(0.2)

54.4

148.1

(93.7)

54.4

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Cost includes expenditure that is 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the assets. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, 
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can 
be measured reliably. Repairs and maintenance are recognised in profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

The cost of improvements to leasehold property is capitalised and amortised over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful lives of 
the improvements, whichever is the shorter.

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down 
immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds on disposal with the carrying amount and are included in profit or loss.

Depreciation of assets begins from the time an asset is implemented and available for use. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all 
plant and equipment, over their estimated useful lives. 

The depreciation periods for each class of asset, for the current and previous years, are as follows:

Leasehold improvements

The shorter of minimum lease term and useful life

Plant and equipment

Computer equipment

3 – 10 years

3 – 5 years

100 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Other balance sheet assets and liabilities

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that it is probable 
the obligation will be settled and the amount can be reliably estimated. 
If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting 
the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and when appropriate, 
the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to 
the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost in profit or loss. 

Current employee provisions include liabilities for annual leave and 
wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected 
to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in 
which the employees render the related service. These are recognised 
in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. 
Long service leave provisions that the Company does not have an 
unconditional right to defer for 12 months after the reporting date 
are recognised as a current provision, regardless of when the actual 
settlement is expected to occur. Current employee provisions are 
measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities 
are settled.

Non-current employee provisions include long service leave provisions 
where the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement for 
at least 12 months after the reporting period. Non-current employee 
provisions are not expected to be wholly settled within 12 months 
after the end of the reporting date, and are therefore measured as 
the present value of expected future payments. 

When determining whether employees qualify or are expected to 
qualify for the Group’s long service leave arrangements, consideration 
is given to history of employee departures and periods of service. 
Expected future wage and salary levels are discounted using the 
rates attached to a basket of comparable liquid corporate bonds at 
the end of each reporting period, which most closely match the terms 
to maturity of the related liabilities.

For short-term cash incentives offered to staff the Group recognises 
a liability and an expense. A provision is recognised where there is a 
contractual obligation or where there is past practice that gives clear 
evidence of the amount of the obligation.

Where short-term incentives are deferred to a future period the 
value of the incentives is expensed over the term of the deferral 
and recognised as a liability. Amounts expected to be wholly settled 
within 12 months after the end of the reporting date are recognised 
as current, all others are recognised as non-current.

Make-good obligations are provided for office space under operating 
leases that require the premises to be returned to the lessor in their 
original condition. The operating lease payments do not include the 
make-good payment at the end of the lease term. Provisions for 
make-good obligations are recognised when the Group becomes 
party to operating lease contracts that include make-good clauses.

Lease incentives received or receivable, such as rent-free periods 
and premises fit-out allowances, may be included in operating leases 
entered into by the Group. The value of lease incentives is included in 
the premises provision and is recognised as a reduction in occupancy 
expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. Where the original lease term has been extended, these 
incentives will continue to be recognised over the original lease term.

E4 Trade and other payables

As at 30 June
Trade payables

Margins payable

Interest payable

Rebates payable

Transaction taxes payable

Employee-related payables

Accrued expenses

Other payables

Total

2019
$m
3.4

268.6

10.0

21.4

7.0

18.6

19.4

0.9

349.3

2018
$m
7.7

266.6

8.8

12.3

6.1

17.2

28.3

7.3

354.3

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to 
the Group prior to the end of the reporting period that are unpaid. 

All trade and other payables are unsecured and usually paid within 30 
days of recognition other than certain rebates and accrued expenses 
which are typically paid within 3 months of recognition. 

Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless 
payment is not due within 12 months of the reporting date. 

Refer to the accounting policy in note E1 for details of the margins 
payable.

Interest payable includes interest owed to participants on cash collat-
eral and commitments lodged. Interest is recognised as a finance 
cost in the statement of comprehensive income using the effective 
interest rate method. 

Rebates payable represent refund liabilities. Refer to the accounting 
policies in note B2 for further details of the rebates.

E5 Provisions

As at 30 June

Current
Employee provisions

Premises provisions

Total

Non-current
Employee provisions

Premises provisions

Total

14.7

0.5

15.2

3.6

6.0

9.6

The movements in the premises provision are as follows:

For the year ended 30 June

Opening balance at 1 July
Provisions used during the period

Additions during the period

Unwinding of discount

Closing balance at 30 June 

6.0
(0.5)

0.8

0.2

6.5

14.1

0.5

14.6

3.0

5.5

8.5

6.1
(1.0)

0.8

0.1

6.0

The provisions for employee benefits predominantly relate to annual 
and long service leave obligations. Premises provisions is comprised 
of lease rental amortised on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease, and provisions for make-good and lease incentives.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

101

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Group disclosures

ASX Limited and Australian Securities Exchange Limited are licensed 
to operate financial markets while ASX Clear, ASX Clear (Futures), 
Austraclear Limited and ASX Settlement Pty Limited are licensed 
to operate clearing and settlement facilities.

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, the Group maintains 
two fidelity funds for claims about the defalcation of monies in 
relation to cash market and derivative trading. ASX Limited acts as 
manager for the ASX Division 3 Compensation Fund and Australian 
Securities Exchange Limited acts as trustee for the Sydney Futures 
Exchange Limited Fidelity Fund. ASX is also the sole member of the 
Securities Exchanges Guarantee Corporation (SEGC) which is respon-
sible for administering the NGF, a compensation fund available to 
meet certain types of claims arising from dealings with participants 
of ASX and, in limited circumstances, participants of ASX Clear, in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001.

ASX Division 3 Compensation Fund, Sydney Futures Exchange 
Limited Fidelity Fund and SEGC are not consolidated into the Group.

All subsidiaries are incorporated in Australia except for Australian 
Securities Exchange (US) Inc (incorporated in the US), New Zealand 
Futures and Options Exchange Limited and ASX Energy Limited 
(both incorporated in New Zealand). All subsidiaries have the same 
reporting date.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group and are de-consolidated from the date 
that control ceases. Control exists when the Company is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with that 
entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
to direct the activities of the entity. In addition to considering the 
existence of potential voting rights that are presently exercisable 
or convertible, the Company also considers relationships with other 
parties that may result in the Company controlling an entity on the 
basis of de facto circumstances.

The Group has two established trusts. LTIPT administers the Group’s 
employee share scheme while ASX Clearing Corporation Trust manages 
the cash of the two CCP subsidiaries. Both trusts are consolidated 
as the substance of the relationship is that they are controlled by 
the Group.

F1 Subsidiaries

Parent entity¹: ASX Limited

Subsidiaries of ASX Limited:
ACN 611 659 664 Limited2
ASX Acceler8 Pty Limited
ASX Benchmarks Pty Limited 
ASX Clearing Corporation Limited
ASX Compliance Pty Limited
ASX Data Analytics Pty Limited
ASX Energy Limited
ASX Financial Settlements Pty Limited³
ASX Futures Exchange Pty Limited
ASX Long-Term Incentive Plan Trust
ASX Operations Pty Limited2
ASX Settlement Corporation Limited2
Australian Securities Exchange Limited2
Australian Stock Exchange Pty Limited
SFE Corporation Limited2

Subsidiaries of ASX Operations Pty Limited:
ASX Collateral Management Services Pty Limited
Australian Clearing Corporation Limited2
Australian Clearing House Pty Limited
Equityclear Pty Limited
New Zealand Futures and Options Exchange Limited
Options Clearing House Pty Limited
Sydney Futures Exchange Pty Limited

Subsidiaries of ASX Clearing Corporation Limited:
ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Limited
ASX Clear Pty Limited 
ASX Clearing Corporation Trust

Subsidiaries of ASX Settlement Corporation Limited:
ASX Settlement Pty Limited
Austraclear Limited

Subsidiaries of ASX Settlement Pty Limited: 
CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Limited

Subsidiaries of Austraclear Limited: 
Austraclear Services Limited

Subsidiaries of Australian Securities Exchange Limited:
Australian Securities Exchange (US) Inc

1 Parent entity refers to the immediate controlling entity of the entity in which 

the investment is shown. The parent entity’s investment in relation to all 
subsidiaries during the financial year was 100% (2018: 100%).

2 These subsidiaries are parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee (the Deed) and 
have been granted relief from preparing financial statements in accordance 
with ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/785. Refer to note F2 for details of  
the Deed.

3 ASX Financial Settlements Pty Limited was incorporated on 4 October 2018.

102 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Group disclosures

F2 Deed of Cross Guarantee

ASX Limited and the wholly owned subsidiaries listed below are 
parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee. In accordance with the Deed, 
each party guarantees the debts of the others.

Subsidiary name
ACN 611 659 664 Limited

ASX Operations Pty Limited

Australian Clearing Corporation Limited

Australian Securities Exchange Limited

ASX Settlement Corporation Limited

SFE Corporation Limited

ABN/ACN
611 659 664

42 004 523 782

068 624 813

83 000 943 377

48 008 617 187

74 000 299 392

Pursuant to ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/785, the wholly owned 
subsidiaries are relieved from the requirement to prepare financial 
reports and directors’ reports.

The entities represent a ‘closed group’ for the purposes of the  
instrument, and as there are no other parties to the Deed that 
are controlled by the Company, they also represent the ‘extended 
closed group’.

No entities were added or removed from the Deed during the year.

(a) Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
and summary of movements in retained earnings
The consolidated statement of comprehensive income and summary 
of movements in consolidated retained earnings for the closed 
group is set out below.

Statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June
Total revenue

Total expenses

Profit before income tax expense
Income tax expense

Net profit for the period

Items that may be reclassified to 
profit or loss:

Change in the fair value of 
investments in equity instruments

Change in the fair value of cash flow hedges

Other comprehensive income for the 
period, net of tax

2019
$m
937.1

(267.3)

669.8
(186.0)

483.8

(7.9)

-

(7.9)

2018
$m
892.8

(268.5)

624.3
(177.7)

446.6

1.2

(9.1)

(b) Consolidated balance sheet
The consolidated balance sheet for the closed group is set out 
below.

As at 30 June

Current assets
Cash

Other financial assets at amortised cost

AFS financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Prepayments

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries

Investments in equity instruments

Equity accounted investments

Financial assets at FVTPL

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment

Net deferred tax asset

Prepayments

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Revenue received in advance

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Revenue received in advance

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued capital

Retained earnings

2019
$m

129.7

568.4

-

125.6

17.5

841.2

731.1

24.3

52.0

5.3

2018¹
$m

102.6

40.0

191.3

85.5

17.4

436.8

731.1

416.4

53.1

4.8

2,395.0

2,374.3

61.5

45.3

10.5

54.4

-

0.3

3,325.0

3,634.4

4,166.2

4,071.2

66.7

89.9

15.2

83.1

254.9

-

9.6

65.8

75.4

330.3

70.1

17.0

14.6

22.4

124.1

64.9

8.5

0.1

73.5

197.6

3,835.9

3,873.6

3,027.2

792.7

0.4

15.6

3,027.2

665.7

169.0

11.7

(10.3)

Asset revaluation reserve

Equity compensation reserve

Total equity
¹ The prior year has been restated for the reclassification of certain cash 

3,835.9

3,873.6

balances as described in note A3.

Total comprehensive income for the period

475.9

437.5

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 

Opening retained earnings at 1 July
Adjustments on adoption of new 
accounting standards

Transfers from reserves to 
retained earnings

Dividends paid

Profit for the period

Closing retained earnings at 30 June

665.7

(84.8)

160.7

(432.7)

483.8

792.7

619.8

-

-

(400.7)

446.6

665.7

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

103

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Group disclosures

F3 Related party transactions

F4 Parent entity financial information

For the year ended 30 June
Dividends paid to the parent entity

399,000

451,000

Non-current assets

(a) Transactions between subsidiaries
ASX Operations Pty Limited provides operational support for the 
majority of the Group’s activities. Expenses paid, revenues collected 
and purchase of capital items on behalf of other entities within the 
Group are booked into inter-entity accounts. Interest is not charged 
on any inter-entity account, other than trust balances.

Transactions between the Company and subsidiaries are eliminated 
on consolidation.

Balances receivable by the Company from wholly owned subsidiaries 
within the Group are as follows:

As at 30 June

Current
Amounts due from subsidiaries

2019
$000

2018
$000

599,121

245,543

The following transactions occurred between subsidiaries and the 
Company during the year:

(b) Transactions with other related entities
The following transactions occurred with other related entities 
during the year:

Purchase of services from associates

265

162

These transactions are on an arm's length basis and under normal 
commercial terms and conditions.

(c) Key Management Personnel (KMP) remuneration
KMP compensation (including non-executive directors) provided 
during the financial year is set out in the following table. Further 
details are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 48 to 62.

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Long-term benefits

Share-based payments

Total

9,857

273

(18)

2,425

12,537

10,044

284

261

1,892

12,481

The share-based payments reflects the expense for performance 
rights issued under the ASX Long-Term Incentive Plan, shares 
issued under equity plans and shares purchased under the employee 
share scheme. The expense is calculated using the fair value of  
performance rights or shares at grant date, less any write-back 
for performance rights lapsed as a result of non-market hurdles 
not attained.

(a) Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the 
following aggregate amounts:

Statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June
Total revenue

Total expenses

Profit before income tax expense
Income tax expense

Net profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the 
period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for 
the period

Balance sheet

As at 30 June
Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Issued capital

Retained earnings

Asset revaluation reserve

Equity compensation reserve

Total equity

2019
$m
399.4

(0.4)

399.0
(0.6)

398.4

0.1

398.5

600.6

3,264.7

3,865.3

89.9

-

89.9

3,775.4

3,027.2

734.8

(0.1)

13.5

3,775.4

2018
$m
465.0

(20.4)

444.6
(1.7)

442.9

(10.3)

432.6

245.9

3,657.3

3,903.2

17.0

72.3

89.3

3,813.9

3,027.2

608.3

168.5

9.9

3,813.9

The financial information for the parent entity, ASX, has been prepared 
on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except 
as set out below.

Unlisted shares in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial 
statements of ASX. 

ASX elected to form a tax consolidated group (tax group) for income 
tax purposes. ASX is the head entity and is therefore liable for the 
income tax liabilities of the tax group. The consolidated current 
and deferred tax amounts arising from temporary differences 
of the members of the tax group are recognised in the separate 
financial statements of the members of the tax group using the 
‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach. ASX has entered into a 
tax funding agreement with members of the Australian tax group. 
The agreement has the objective of achieving an appropriate  
allocation of the Group’s income tax expense to the main operating 
subsidiaries within the Group. The tax funding agreement also has 
the objective of allocating deferred tax assets relating to tax losses 
only, and current tax liabilities of the main operating subsidiaries 
to ASX. The subsidiaries will reimburse ASX for their portion of 
the Group’s current tax liability and will recognise this payment as 
an inter-entity payable or receivable in their financial statements 
for that financial year. ASX will reimburse the subsidiaries for the 
deferred tax asset from any unused tax losses or credits by making 
a payment equal to the carrying value of the deferred tax asset.

104 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Group disclosures

(b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity
The parent entity, ASX, is party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee 
together with the entities defined in note F2. Under the Deed, the 
Company guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt 
in the event of winding up of any of the subsidiaries under certain 
provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. No deficiencies of assets 
exist in any of these entities.

(c) Contractual commitments and contingencies
ASX has an agreement with ASX Clear for a $150.0 million (2018: 
$150.0 million) standby liquidity loan facility that may be used in 
limited and specific circumstances following the default of clearing 
participants.

ASX has an agreement with CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Limited 
(CDN) which provides $10.0 million (2018: $10.0 million) in funds to 
support CDN’s licence obligations if required.

No payments were made under either facility in the current or prior 
financial year.

The NGF, which is administered by SEGC, is maintained to provide 
compensation for prescribed claims arising from dealings with 
market participants as set out in the Corporations Act 2001. If the 
net assets of the NGF fall below the minimum amount determined 
by the Minister, SEGC may determine that ASX or participants must 
pay a levy to SEGC. No levies were called on ASX in the current or 
prior financial year.

In accordance with the Financial Stability Standards recovery 
rules the parent entity, ASX, is obligated in certain circumstances 
to  replenish  a  shortfall  in the  financial  resources  available to  
the CCPs up to predetermined levels for any one participant default.  
No replenishments were made in the current or prior year. In  
accordance with the Australian Financial Services Licence of ASX 
Collateral Management Services Pty Limited, ASX Limited has an 
obligation to fund any amounts required by the subsidiary.

ASX Limited did not have any other contractual commitments or 
contingent liabilities for the years ended 30 June 2019 or 2018.

(d) Borrowings
The Group did not have any drawn borrowings during the current 
or prior financial year. ASX Limited has an unsecured committed 
facility that can only be called upon to provide short-term liquidity 
to ASX Clear following a clearing participant default. The facility 
limit is $100.0 million (2018: $100.0 million) and remained undrawn 
at the date of this report.

F5 Other disclosures

F5.1 Commitments
(a) Capital commitments
Capital commitments contracted for but not yet incurred as at 
balance date are as follows:

As at 30 June
Intangible assets – software

2019
$m
19.8 

2018
$m
24.5

(b) Operating lease commitments
Commitments for minimum lease payments of non-cancellable 
leases are as follows:

Due:
Not later than one year

Later than one year but not later 
than five years

Later than five years

Total

9.7

36.1

24.4

70.2

8.5

35.4

27.3

71.2

The  Group’s  major  leases  are  for  the  premises  from  which  it  
operates. These leases are all generally long-term with unexpired 
periods up to 10 years. Future rentals are subject to indexation and  
periodical rent reviews. The operating lease expense for the year was  
$9.4 million (2018: $10.2 million).

Operating leases are those in which a significant portion of the risks 
and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group as lessee. 
Minimum lease payments, which includes fixed rental increases, are 
recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period 
of the lease.

F5.2 Share-based payments
(a) Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Group provides performance rights to ordinary shares of  
the Company to employees as part of the LTI Plan to recognise 
performance,  skills  and  behaviours  that  deliver  sustainable  
long-term  shareholder  value.  They  entitle  certain  KMP  to  
performance rights over ASX Limited shares.

Participants are granted performance rights that only vest if certain 
performance conditions are met. All performance rights are to be 
settled by physical delivery of ordinary shares in ASX Limited subject 
to the performance conditions being attained. The number of rights 
that vest depends on an EPS hurdle being achieved and ASX’s total 
shareholder return (TSR) relative to a comparator group. Under all of 
the plans, 50% of the performance rights are dependant on relative 
EPS growth and 50% on relative TSR. All plans have a contractual 
life of four years and do not carry rights to dividends.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

105

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Group disclosures

The  following  table  shows  the  movement  in  the  number  of  
performance rights during the current and prior year.

For the year ended 30 June

Opening balance at 1 July
Granted during the year

Vested during the year¹

Lapsed during the year¹

2019
No. of rights

2018
No. of rights

72,838
23,764

-

-

71,807
28,463

(8,065)

(19,367)

72,838

Closing balance at 30 June
¹ The prior year relates to the September 2014 plan.

96,602

Details of each of the plans and the number of grants outstanding 
at the end of the reporting period is shown in the following table.

Grant date/employees entitled
Performance rights granted to 
KMP on 4 October 2018

Performance rights granted to 
KMP on 26 September 2017

Performance rights granted to 
KMP on 28 September 2016

Performance rights granted to 
KMP on 30 September 2015

Total 

Number of 
instruments 
granted

Weighted  
average fair 
value

23,764

28,463

31,334

13,041

96,602

$38.91

$34.30

$29.68

$23.34

(b) Deferred equity plans
The Group operates deferred equity plans for KMPs and other 
employees. Under the plan, an employee receives between 40% - 50% 
of their STI in cash and the remainder as shares which are deferred 
for two to four years in equity. If the employee ceases employment 
during the deferred share period, the shares are forfeited, except 
in certain limited circumstances. 

Employees have full ownership rights of the shares under the 
schemes including voting rights and entitlement to dividends. 
Provided the employee remains employed by the ASX Group and 
maintains satisfactory individual performance, the shares are subject 
to a holding lock until vesting. Post vesting, employees can only 
deal with the shares in accordance with ASX's dealing rules. The 
shares cannot be transferred to another person or disposed of 
during this period. 

The number of shares allocated to each eligible employee is the 
amount of the STI award deferred into shares divided by the volume 
weighted average price (VWAP) over the five business days up to 
and including the offer close date, rounded to the nearest share.

During the year, there were 100,544 (2018: 116,801) shares allocated. 
The shares are recognised at their fair value, being the market price 
on purchase date. The weighted average fair value of the shares 
issued under the deferred equity plans during the year was $67.00 
(2018: $53.07).

(c) Employee share purchase plan
The ASX employee share purchase plan offers the opportunity for 
employees to purchase fully paid ordinary shares in ASX through 
salary sacrifice up to the value of $1,000 at a discount of 10%. All 
Australian permanent full-time and part-time employees, and 
maximum-term contractors with end dates beyond 30 June are 
eligible to participate in the scheme.

Employees have full ownership rights of the shares under the 
scheme including voting rights and entitlement to dividends. The 
shares are subject to a three-year holding lock and as such cannot 
be transferred to another person or disposed of until the earlier 
of cessation of employment or three years from grant date, and 
subject to compliance with ASX's dealing rules.

The number of shares allocated to each employee is the offer 
amount divided by the VWAP over the five business days up to and 
including the offer close date, rounded down to the nearest share.

Under the plan, 5,852 shares (2018: 5,627) were issued. The shares 
are recognised at their fair value of $70.67 (2018: $57.85), being the 
market price on the purchase date.

(d) Employee expenses
The  following  table  shows  the  total  share-based  payments  
recognised within staff expenses during the year and includes the 
impact of reversals resulting from non-market based performance 
hurdles not being achieved.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Deferred equity plans

Employee share purchase plan

Total

2019
$m
0.3

5.4

0.4

6.1

2018
$m
0.5

4.7

0.3

5.5

The fair value of the performance rights for the EPS component is 
calculated using the share price at market close on the grant date, 
less the present value of the expected dividends over the performance 
period. The fair value of performance rights for the TSR component 
is calculated by an independent valuer using a Black-Scholes option 
valuation model.

Fair values are recognised over the vesting period as an expense with a 
corresponding increase in the equity compensation reserve. Fair values 
include the impact of any market performance conditions and the 
impact of any non-vesting conditions, but excludes the impact of any 
service and non-market performance vesting conditions. Non-market 
vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number 
of performance rights that are expected to vest. The impact of any 
revisions to the original estimates are recognised in profit or loss with 
a corresponding adjustment to equity.

106 ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Group disclosures

F5.3 Auditor’s remuneration
The following fees were paid or payable by the Group for and on behalf of all Group entities for services provided by the auditor and its 
related practices during the financial year:

PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia

Statutory audit services:
Audit and review of the financial statements and other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

Audit of information technology platforms

Other audit services:
Code of Practice compliance

Non-audit services:
Tax compliance services

Other review services

Total remuneration for PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia

2019
$'000

729

191

80

154

51

1,205

2018
$'000

627

184

90

105

55

1,061

F5.4 Subsequent events
From the end of the period to the date of this report, no matter or circumstance has arisen which has significantly affected the operations 
of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

107

Directors' declaration

In the opinion of the directors of ASX Limited (the Company):

a.  the financial statements and notes that are contained in pages 67 to 107 and the Remuneration Report set out on pages 48 to 62 in 

the Annual Report, are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i.  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2019 and of its performance for the financial 

year ended on that date, and

ii.  complying with Australian Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements

b. there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable

c.  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group identified 

in note F2 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee described in note F2, and

d.  the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

The directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 from the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2019.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Rick Holliday-Smith 
Chairman

Dominic Stevens 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Sydney, 15 August 2019

108 ASX Annual Report 2019 Directors' declaration
108

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Report on the audit of the financial report

Our audit approach

Our opinion 

In our opinion:
The accompanying financial report of ASX Limited (the Company) and 
its controlled entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including:

An  audit  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. 
Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered 
material if individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of the financial report.

a)  giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 30 
June 2019 and of its financial performance for the year then ended  

b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations 

Regulations 2001.

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed 
enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial report 
as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management 
structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and 
the industry in which it operates.

What we have audited
The Group financial report comprises:

 • the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2019

 • the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the 

year then ended

 • the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year 

then ended

 • the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then 

ended

 • the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which 

include a summary of significant accounting policies

 • the directors’ declaration.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing 
Standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
report section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor  
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the  
ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants 
(the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in 
Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with the Code.

Materiality
 • For the purpose of our audit we used overall Group materiality 

of $35 million, which represents approximately 5% of the Group’s 
profit before tax.

 • We applied this threshold, together with qualitative  

considerations, to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate 
the effect of misstatements on the financial report as a whole.

 • We chose Group profit before tax because, in our view, it is the 

benchmark against which the performance of the Group is most 
commonly measured.   

 • We utilised a 5% threshold based on our professional judgement, 
noting it is within the range of commonly acceptable thresholds. 

Audit scope
 • We  tailored  the  scope  of  our  audit  to  ensure  we  obtained  
sufficient appropriate audit evidence to express an opinion on the 
financial report as a whole, taking into account the structure of 
the Group, its processes and controls, and the industry in which 
it operates. The accounting processes are structured around a 
Group Finance function at its corporate head office in Sydney, 
where we performed most of our audit procedures.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001  
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

Level 11, 1PSQ, 169 Macquarie Street, Parramatta NSW 2150, PO Box 1155 Parramatta NSW 2124 
T: +61 2 9659 2476, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

109

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial report for 
the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a particular 
audit procedure is made in that context. We communicated the key audit matters to the Audit and Risk Committee.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of assets

A) Goodwill impairment assessment
(Refer to note E2)

The Group’s goodwill is recognised in two Cash Generating Units 
(CGUs): ‘exchange-traded’ ($2,242.2 million) and ‘non-exchange 
traded’ ($75.4 million).

We considered this a key audit matter due to the size of the 
goodwill balance ($2,317.6 million as at 30 June 2019) and because 
the Group’s assessment of the value-in-use of the CGUs involves 
judgements about the future results of the business and the 
discount rates applied to future cash flow forecasts.

The Group performed an annual impairment assessment over the 
goodwill balance, as required by Australian Accounting Standards.

The Group also performed a sensitivity analysis over the value-in-use 
calculations, by varying the assumptions used (terminal growth 
rate and discount rate) to assess the impact on the valuations.

We  performed  testing  over  both  CGUs  (exchange-traded  and  
non-exchange traded) within the Goodwill balance, which included 
the following procedures, amongst others:

 • We evaluated the Group’s cash flow forecasts and the process  

by which they were developed, including considering the  
mathematical accuracy of the underlying calculations in the  
cash flow model (the model). We assessed whether the budgets 
used in the value-in-use calculations were consistent with the 
Board-approved budgets and that key assumptions in the  
budget were subject to oversight by the directors.

 • We also:

1.  Compared the Group’s assumptions, including growth rates used 
in the cash flow forecasts, to historical results and economic and 
industry forecasts

2. Assessed the discount rate used in the model by comparing the 
cost of capital for the Group to market data and industry research

 • Together with PwC valuation experts, we assessed the  
reasonableness of the discount and growth rates by  
comparing them to market data, comparable companies  
and industry research

 • We found that the discount rate used by the Group was  

consistent with market data and industry research

 • We performed a sensitivity analysis over the assumptions used 
by the Group to establish the impact on results from using other 
reasonably possible growth rates and discount rates. We found 
that headroom remained between the value-in-use calculations 
used in our sensitivity analysis and the carrying value of the 
CGUs in the financial statements. 

110 ASX Annual Report 2019 Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of assets – continued

B) Yieldbroker impairment assessment
(Refer to note D2)

At 30 June 2019, the Yieldbroker investment (Yieldbroker) is 
carried at $46.5 million.

We considered this a key audit matter due to the level of judgement 
required by the Group in determining the recoverable amount of 
Yieldbroker.

In line with Australian Accounting Standards, where there is an 
indication that an asset may be impaired, the Group is required 
to estimate the recoverable amount of the asset and where this 
is less than its carrying amount, recognise any impairment loss 
immediately in the profit or loss. Following an estimation of the 
recoverable amount of Yieldbroker, the Group determined that  no 
impairment loss was required as at year end. This was determined 
by the Group as follows:

1.  Performing a value-in-use calculation for Yieldbroker.  
Key assumptions in this model include projected future 
cash flows, the growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow 
projections beyond five years (terminal growth rate) and the 
discount rate. The output of the model is the recoverable 
amount of the investment

2.  Comparing the recoverable amount to Yieldbroker’s carrying 

amount at 30 June 2019 value.

We performed testing over the Group’s impairment assessment of 
Yieldbroker, which included the following procedures, amongst others:

 • Together with PwC valuation experts, we assessed the methodology 
used by the Group, to calculate the recoverable amount of the 
investment, against Australian Accounting Standards

 • We evaluated the cash flow forecasts used in the value-in-use 
calculation and the process by which they were determined, 
including considering the mathematical accuracy of the underlying 
calculations in the model. We found that the estimated cash 
flows used in the model were consistent with board-approved 
budgets and the three year plans proposed to the Board.

 • We also:

1.  Compared the Group’s estimated cash flows to historic earnings 

and economic and industry forecasts

2. Together with PwC valuation experts, we assessed the  
reasonableness of the discount and growth rates by  
comparing them to market data, comparable companies  
and industry research.

 • We assessed the sensitivity of the recoverable amount by  
varying the key assumptions to where reasonably possible, 
including cash flow growth rates, the discount rate and terminal 
growth rate.

We found that the Group’s calculations are reasonable to support the 
carrying value of the investment in the financial statements.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation and existence of financial instruments 

A) Valuation and existence of other financial assets at 
amortised cost  
(Refer to note C3)

As at 30 June 2019, other financial assets at amortised cost were 
$10,825.4 million and comprised of term deposits, reverse repur-
chase agreements, negotiable certificates of deposit, promissory 
notes and floating rate notes. 

In the current period, these financial assets were reclassified  
from available-for-sale financial instruments to amortised cost, in 
accordance with the classification requirements under Australian 
Accounting Standards. These financial assets are held in order to collect  
contractual cash flows (CCFs) and those cash flows represent 
solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI).

We considered this a key audit matter due to the size of the balance 
as at 30 June 2019.

We performed testing over the carrying value of other financial 
assets at amortised cost, which included assessing the accuracy 
of the Group’s measurement calculations through performing the 
following procedures, amongst others:

 • We agreed a sample of key inputs from the Group’s measurement 

calculations to source documentation

 • We reperformed the Group’s measurement calculations for  

mathematical accuracy.

We found that the carrying value of these financial assets was consistent 
with the Group’s calculations.

We performed testing over the existence of all other financial assets 
at amortised cost.  We confirmed the existence of all of the securi-
ties held as other financial assets at amortised cost by the Group at  
30 June 2019 with counterparties.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited 111

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We  performed testing  over the valuation  of financial  assets  at  
fair value.  Together with PwC valuation experts, we developed an 
independent expectation of the valuation for all of the financial assets 
at fair value through profit and loss held by the Group at 30 June 
2019 by reference to quoted prices in active markets for those assets 
classified as ‘level 1’, and by reference to observable prices other than 
quoted prices for those assets classified as ‘level 2.     

We found that all securities tested were recorded at values materially 
consistent with our independent valuations.

We performed testing over the existence of financial assets at fair 
value.  We confirmed the existence of all of the securities held as 
financial assets at fair value by the Group at 30 June 2019 with 
counterparties.

We assessed the appropriateness of fair value disclosures in the 
financial statements, including the classification of the financial assets 
as ‘level 1’ due to the use of quoted prices in active markets; and as 
‘level 2’ due to the use of observable prices, other than quoted prices 
included within ‘level 1’, in the valuations in light of the requirements 
of Australian Accounting Standards.

Valuation and existence of financial instruments –  
continued

B) Valuation and existence of  financial assets at fair value  
(Refer to note C3)

As at 30 June 2019, financial assets at Fair Value Through Profit 
and Loss (FVTPL) was $1,106.5 million and comprised of non-cash 
collateral.

In the current period, these financial assets were reclassified from 
available-for-sale financial instruments to FVTPL, in accordance 
with the classification requirements under Australian Accounting 
Standards. These financial instruments do not meet the criteria 
to be measured at amortised cost or Fair Value Through Other 
Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI).

Of these assets, $1,044.9 million was classified as ‘level 1’ financial 
instruments in accordance with the classification under Australian 
Accounting Standards where quoted prices in active markets are 
available for identical assets. 

The remaining $61.6 million were classified as ‘level 2’ in accordance 
with the classification under Australian Accounting Standards 
where values are derived from observable prices (or inputs to 
valuation models) other than quoted prices included within ‘level 1’. 

We considered this a key audit matter due to the size of the balance 
classified as at 30 June 2019.

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report 
for the year ended 30 June 2019, but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not express any form of assurance  
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears 
to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

112 ASX Annual Report 2019 Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

Responsibilities of the directors for the  
financial report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 
2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that 
gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for 
assessing the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the  
financial report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial report as a whole is free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of  
assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee that  an  audit  conducted  in  
accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always  
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements  
can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if,  
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
the financial report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial report is located at the Auditing and Assurance 
Standards Board website at:  
http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf.  
This description forms part of our auditor's report.

Report on the Remuneration Report

Our opinion on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the Remuneration Report included on pages 48 
to 62 of the Directors' Report for the year ended 30 June 2019.

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of ASX Limited for the year 
ended 30 June 2019 complies with section 300A of the Corporations 
Act 2001.

Responsibilities
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation 
and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report based on our 
audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Voula Papageorgiou 
Partner

Sydney, 15 August 2019

ASX Annual Report 2019 Independent auditor’s report to the members of ASX Limited

113

Key financial ratios

Year ended 30 June
Basic earnings per share (EPS)

Diluted EPS

Underlying EPS

Dividend per share – interim

Dividend per share – final

Dividend per share – special

Statutory return on equity

Underlying return on equity

EBITDA/operating revenue

EBIT/operating revenue

Total expenses (including depreciation and amortisation)/
operating revenue

Capital expenditure ($m)

Net tangible asset backing per share

Net asset backing per share

Shareholders’ equity as a % of total assets (excluding 
participants’ balances)

Shareholders’ equity as a % of total assets (including  
participants’ balances)

Share price at end of period

Ordinary shares on issue at end of period

Weighted average number of ordinary shares  
(excluding treasury shares)

Market value of ordinary shares on issue at end of period ($m)

Market to book ratio at end of period

Full-time equivalent permanent staff
Number at period end

Average during the period

Notes
1

1

2

3

4

5,6

5,6

5,6

FY15
205.7c

205.7c

208.4c

92.3c

95.1c

-

10.8%

10.9%

77.1%

71.6%

28.4%

$44.4

$50.2

$50.3

$54.1

$75.1

$39.90

FY16
220.4c

220.4c

220.4c

99.1c

99.0c

-

11.4%

11.4%

77.1%

71.4%

28.6%

$50.2

$7.25

$19.75

87.6%

36.6%

$45.76

FY17
224.5c

224.5c

224.5c

102.0c

99.8c

-

11.4%

11.4%

76.3%

70.3%

29.7%

$50.3

$7.59

$20.19

76.2%

29.6%

$53.61

FY18
230.0c

230.0c

240.4c

107.2c

109.1c

-

11.5%

12.0%

76.2%

70.5%

29.5%

$54.1

$7.79

$20.38

89.1%

30.5%

$64.39

FY19
254.1c

254.1c

254.1c

114.4c

114.3c

129.1c

12.8%

12.8%

75.1%

69.6%

30.4%

$75.1

$7.53

$20.23

86.5%

25.5%

$82.37

193,595,162

193,595,162

193,595,162

193,595,162

193,595,162

7

193,413,893

193,413,893

193,415,430

193,507,104

193,576,187

$7,724

2.05

515

524

$8,859

2.32

$10,379

2.66

$12,466

3.16

$15,946

4.07

546

534

554

556

587

560

689

650

1. Based on statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) including significant items and weighted average number of shares.
2. Based on underlying NPAT excluding significant items and weighted average number of shares. 
3. Based on statutory NPAT including significant items.
4. Based on underlying NPAT excluding significant items.
5. Operating revenue excludes interest and dividend revenue (underlying).
6.  EBITDA – earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation; EBIT – earnings before interest and tax. 

These metrics along with total expenses exclude significant items.
7. Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate EPS.

114 ASX Annual Report 2019 Key financial ratios

Transaction levels and statistics

Year ended 30 June

Listings and Issuer Services

Total domestic market capitalisation ($bn) – period end

Total number of listed entities (includes stapled entities) – period end

Number of new listings

Average annual listing fee

Initial capital raised ($m)

Secondary capital raised ($m)

Other secondary capital raised including scrip-for-scrip ($m)

Total capital raised ($m)

Number of new warrant series quoted

Total warrant series quoted

Cash market

Trading days

Total cash market trades (‘000)

Average daily cash market trades

Continuous trading ($bn)

Auctions ($bn)

Centre Point ($bn)

Trade reporting ($bn)

Total cash market value ($bn)
Average daily on-market value ($bn)

Average daily value (including trade reporting) ($bn)

Average trade size

Average trading fee per dollar of value (bps)

Velocity (total value/average market capitalisation)1
Number of dominant settlement messages (m)
1 Total value transacted on all venues.

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

$1,612

2,220

120

$31,859

$38,916

$38,787

$11,170

$88,873

2,903

3,050

254

190,647

750,578

$698.315

$193.292

$74.933

$145.909

$1,112.449
$3.805

$4.380

$5,835

0.32

82%

15.7

$1,620

2,204

124

$34,101

$23,587

$45,299

$9,704

$78,590

2,959

2,886

$1,777

2,239

152

$35,419

$14,652

$37,160

$4,156

$55,968

1,828

2,827

$1,957

2,285

137

$37,569

$25,693

$43,022

$12,998

$81,713

1,967

2,976

$2,069

2,269

111

$41,356

$37,402

$38,830

$9,783

$86,015

1,849

2,789

254

253

252

252

235,923

928,829

$770.805

$209.412

$78.941

$144.991

266,433

1,053,096

$735.447

$236.983

$107.043

$167.377

292,528

1,160,826

$677.893

$262.126

$106.481

$185.316

359,985

1,428,512

$722.111

$333.979

$113.030

$211.568

$1,204.149
$4.170

$1,246.850
$4.267

$1,231.816
$4.153

$1,380.688
$4.639

$4.741

$5,104

0.33

92%

17.1

$4.928

$4,680

0.37

88%

17.8

$4.888

$4,211

0.37

83%

17.9

$5.479

$3,835

0.37

87%

19.6

ASX Annual Report 2019 Transaction levels and statistics

115

Transaction levels and statistics continued

Year ended 30 June

Equity options (excluding ASX SPI 200)
Trading days (exchange-traded options) 

Total contracts traded – equity options (‘000)
Single stock options

Index options and futures

Average daily single stock options contracts

Average daily index options contracts

Average fee per derivatives contract

Futures
Trading days (futures and options)

Total contracts traded – futures (‘000)
ASX SPI 200

90 day bank bills

3 year bonds

10 year bonds

20 year bonds

30 day interbank cash rate

Agricultural

Electricity
Other1
NZ$ 90 day bank bills

Total futures

Total contracts traded – options on futures (‘000)
ASX SPI 200

3 year bonds

Overnight 3 year bonds

Intraday 3 year bonds
10 year bonds2
Electricity
Other3

Total options on futures

Total futures and options on futures contract volume (‘000)

Daily average contracts – futures and options

Average fee per contract – futures and options

OTC markets
Total notional cleared value ($bn)4

Open notional cleared value ($bn) – period end
1 Other includes VIX and sector futures.
2 10 year bonds includes overnight and intraday 10 year bonds.
3 Other includes agricultural and 90 day bank bills.
4 Cleared notional value is double sided.

FY15

254

109,546

10,958

431,283

43,143

$0.20

FY16

254

88,701

12,768

349,218

50,269

$0.23

FY17

253

93,295

10,388

368,755

41,060

$0.21

FY18

252

80,091

12,461

317,822

49,449

$0.24

FY19

252

73,825

11,282

292,957

44,770

$0.23

256

257

256

255

255

10,301

28,706

49,717

29,498

N/A

3,678

135

224

107

1,394

123,760

454

245

896

927

24

27

8

2,581

126,341

493,520

$1.44

12,105

29,567

50,105

36,079

423

4,112

132

257

137

1,915

134,832

363

356

579

660

4

23

6

1,991

136,823

532,386

$1.42

12,255

28,931

53,233

41,697

545

2,455

91

344

102

1,422

141,075

202

152

478

460

19

27

5

1,343

142,418

556,321

$1.39

13,782

33,226

56,041

47,729

383

1,952

84

371

149

1,697

155,414

140

85

314

344

36

36

-

955

156,369

613,211

$1.36

15,994

34,698

60,488

51,883

256

4,268

93

413

112

2,329

170,534

98

227

279

610

4

56

-

1,274

171,808

673,757

$1.36

$805.869

$440.506

$2,742.002

$5,165.949

$1,600.194

$2,924.287

$6,314.322

$3,773.703

$9,710.616

$7,207.582

116 ASX Annual Report 2019 Transaction levels and statistics continued

Transaction levels and statistics continued

Year ended 30 June 2018

Austraclear
Settlement days

Transactions (‘000)
Cash transfers

Fixed interest securities

Discount securities

Foreign exchange

Other

Total transactions (‘000)

Average daily settlement volume

Securities holdings ($bn) – monthly average

Securities holdings ($bn) – period end

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

254

602

774

157

22

9

1,564

6,156

$1,671.5

$1,752.5

254

590

717

150

11

2

253

582

741

146

9

1

252

605

770

146

9

1

253

610

812

147

9

0

1,470

5,786

$1,857.6

$1,895.6

1,479

5,844

$1,915.4

$1,860.3

1,531

6,076

$1,908.5

$1,948.8

1,578

6,239

$2,003.7

$2,054.5

Average settlement and depository fee (including portfolio holdings) 
per transaction (excludes registry services revenue)

$14.88

$15.60

$16.34

$16.63

$16.88

ASX Collateral ($bn) – average

ASX Collateral ($bn) – period end

System uptime (period average)
ASX Trade

CHESS

Futures trading

Futures clearing

Austraclear

Technical services (number at period end) 

ASX distribution platform
Australian Liquidity Centre cabinets

Connection services
ASX Net connections

ASX Net service feeds

Australian Liquidity Centre service connections

ASX service access
ASX ITCH access

Futures ITCH access

ASX market access
ASX sessions

ASX gateways

ASX liquidity cross-connections

ASX OUCH access

Futures gateways

Futures liquidity cross-connections

$3.0

$4.1

$4.9

$4.9

$10.3

$16.2

$19.9

$23.5

$21.9

$22.4

100.00%

100.00%

99.97%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

99.98%

99.96%

100.00%

99.93%

99.79%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

99.98%

100.00%

99.99%

100.00%

100.00%

99.98%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

188

126

358

679

31

36

1,185

207

55

44

228

357

231

116

382

819

39

45

1,113

192

57

58

208

306

285

123

437

871

43

74

1,033

179

60

73

199

334

301

112

444

984

49

80

922

160

64

82

251

381

324

104

447

1,068

54

73

886

155

57

75

329

482

ASX Annual Report 2019 Transaction levels and statistics continued

117

Shareholder information

ASX Limited – ordinary shares

Largest 20 shareholders at 24 July 2019

ASX has ordinary shares on issue. These are listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange under code: ASX. Details of trading activity are 
published daily in most major Australian newspapers (print, online 
and mobile) and by electronic information vendors.

At a general meeting, every shareholder present in person or by 
direct vote, proxy, attorney or representative has one vote on a 
show of hands and, on a poll, one vote for each fully paid share 
held unless that share is a default share.

The ASX constitution classifies default shares as any shares held 
above the 15% voting power limit by one party and its associates.

Distribution of shareholdings at 24 July 2019 

Number of shares 
held
1 to 1,000

1,001 to 5,000

5,001 to 10,000

10,001 to 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

Number of 
holders
36,014

Number of 
shares
12,795,948

% of issued 
capital
6.61

9,189

18,204,001

715

607

89

5,040,307

19,004,395

138,550,511

9.40

2.60

9.82

71.57

46,614

193,595,162

100.00

On-market buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back.

Name
1. HSBC Custody Nominees  
    (Australia) Limited

Number 
of shares

47,560,433

2. JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited

32,119,542

3. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Limited

4. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

5. National Nominees Limited

6. Australian Foundation Investment 
    Company Limited

7. Milton Corporation Limited

8. AMP Life Limited

9. BKI Investment Company Limited

10. Senior Master of the Supreme Court

11. Pacific Custodians Pty Limited

12. Mutual Trust Pty Limited

13. Law Venture Pty Limited

14. Navigator Australia Limited

15. Gwynvill Trading Pty Limited

16. Netwealth Investments Limited

17. Mr Michael Briody

17. Mr Gilles Kryger

17. Mr Leslie Paynter

17. Raffael Pty Limited

17. Trevorann Investments Pty Limited

17. Mr Kevin Troy

17. Vaucluse Skyline Pty Limited

28,181,897

11,218,389

5,468,964

708,685

548,965

523,212

397,750

337,032

327,593

325,976

308,999

268,506

241,559

215,446

183,474

183,474

183,474

183,474

183,474

183,474

183,474

% of 
issued 
capital

24.57

16.59

14.56

5.79

2.82

0.37

0.28

0.27

0.21

0.17

0.17

0.17

0.16

0.14

0.12

0.11

0.09

0.09

0.09

0.09

0.09

0.09

0.09

Total

130,037,266

67.13%

Substantial shareholders at 24 July 2019 

The  following  organisations  have  disclosed  a  substantial  
shareholder notice to ASX.

Shareholders’ calendar

 FY19

Name

UniSuper Limited 

BlackRock Group

Vanguard Group Inc

Number 
of shares

% of voting 
power

23,280,620

9,701,163

9,684,443

12.03%

5.01%

5.00%

Full-year financial results announcement

15 August 2019

Full-year final dividend and special dividend
Ex-dividend date

Record date for dividend entitlements

Payment date

5 September 2019

6 September 2019

25 September 2019

Annual General Meeting

24 September 2019 

 FY201

Half-year financial results announcement

13 February 2020

Half-year interim dividend
Ex-dividend date

Record date for dividend entitlements

Payment date

5 March 2020

6 March 2020

25 March 2020

Full-year financial results announcement

20 August 2020

Full-year final dividend
Ex-dividend date

Record date for dividend entitlements

Payment date

Annual General Meeting
1 Dates are subject to final ASX Board approval.

7 September 2020

8 September 2020

30 September 2020

30 September 2020

118 ASX Annual Report 2019 Shareholder information

 
Shareholder information continued

Annual General Meeting 2019

The ASX AGM will be held in the ASX Auditorium, lower ground floor, 
Exchange Square, 18 Bridge Street, Sydney, New South Wales, at 
10am (AEST) on Tuesday, 24 September 2019.

ASX’s Notice of Annual General Meeting has been released on the 
Market Announcements Platform. Shareholders will receive a copy 
of the Notice of Meeting in accordance with their communications 
election.

The  AGM  will  be  webcast  live  on  the  internet.  Please  visit  
www.asx.com.au/agm.

A copy of the webcast will be placed on the ASX website after the 
event.

The external auditor will be present at the AGM to answer questions 
relevant to the external audit. 

Electronic communication
ASX encourages shareholders to receive information electronically.

Shareholders who currently receive information by post can log in 
at www.linkmarketservices.com.au to provide their email address 
and elect to receive electronic communications.

ASX emails shareholders when important information becomes 
available such as financial results, dividend statements, notice of 
meetings, voting forms and annual reports.

Electronic  communication  allows  ASX  to  communicate  with  
shareholders quickly and reduces ASX’s paper usage.

For further information, please contact ASX’s share registry, Link 
Market Services, on 1300 724 911 or asx@linkmarketservices.com.au.

Important information about dividend 
payments

Australian and New Zealand shareholders receive their dividend 
payments by direct credit only. No cheque payments are made to 
these shareholders.

If you  have  not  already  done  so,  please  provide  direct  credit  
instructions by visiting www.linkmarketservices.com.au.

ASX Annual Report 2019 Shareholder information continued

119

Directory

Shareholder enquiries

ASX’s offices around Australia

Enquiries about shareholdings in ASX Limited

Sydney (ASX’s registered office)

Please direct all correspondence to ASX’s share registry:

Link Market Services
Level 12, 680 George Street  
Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone
1300 724 911

Email
asx@linkmarketservices.com.au

Website
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Questions to the ASX Chairman, Managing Director 
and CEO, or auditor

These may be emailed to:
company.secretariat@asx.com.au

Or mailed to ASX’s registered office (details in right-hand column), 
marked to the attention of the Company Secretary.

For further information

Website
www.asx.com.au

ASX customer service

Telephone from within Australia
131 279 (for the cost of a local call from anywhere in Australia)

Exchange Centre
20 Bridge Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone
(61 2) 9227 0000

Perth
Level 40, Central Park 
152-158 St George’s Terrace 
Perth WA 6000

Telephone
(61 8) 9224 0000

Melbourne
Level 4, North Tower, Rialto 
525 Collins Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 

ASX’s auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers
GPO Box 2650 
Sydney NSW 2001

Telephone
(61 2) 8266 0000

Website
www.pwc.com.au

Telephone from overseas
(61 2) 9338 0000

General enquiries email
info@asx.com.au

Investor relations

Telephone
(61 2) 9227 0646

Email
investor.relations@asx.com.au

Media

Telephone
(61 2) 9227 0218

Email
media@asx.com.au

120 ASX Annual Report 2019 Directory

asx.com.au

© Copyright 2019 ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691

The information in this publication does not constitute investment, financial or legal advice and must not be relied on as such. You should obtain 
independent professional advice tailored to your specific circumstances and needs prior to making any investment and/or financial decisions. 
The information in this document is not, and must not be construed as, an offer or recommendation of securities or other financial products.

122 ASX Annual Report 2019 Directory